Chevrolet 1993 S-10 Owner's Manual

I
The Pucks Youcan
RependOn.
The Pucks That Last
I
1993
CHEVROLET
S
I0 PICK-UP
OWNER'S MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
f993 Chevrolet S f 0 Pickup
Owner's Manual
Welcome
Thismanualwaspre.pared to acquaintyouwiththeoperarlonand
maintenance of your 1993 Chevrolet S-10 Pickup and to .provide imponant
safetyinformation.ThereisalsoaChevroletTruckWarrantyandOwner
AssistanceInformationbooklet. In somevehicles,therecanbeinformation
manualsfromothermanufacturerslikebodybuildersorspecialequipment
companies.We urge you to reviewallthesepublicationscarefully.Thiswill
help you enjoy safe and trouble-free operation of your vehicle.
When it comes to service,keep in mind that yourChevroletdealerknows
is interested in yourcompletesatisfaction. Your dealer
yourvehiclebestand
invites you to return for all ofyourserviceneeds both during and after the
warrantyperiod.
it to your
Remember, if youhaveaconcernandneedhelphandling
satisfaction, see the procedure in' the Chevrolet Truck Warranty and Owner
AssistanceInformationbooklet.
Thanks for choosing a Chevrolet product.
We value you as a member of the
Chevroletfamily. Wewant to assureyouofour
continuing interest in your
pleasureandsatisfactionwithyourvehicle.
ChevroletMotorDivision
GeneralMotorsCorporation
30007 Van DykeAve.
Warren,Michigan
0 Copyright 7992 General Motors Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division.
All Rights Reserved
Second Edition
Printed in U.S.A.
Important Notes to OwnersandDrivers
. . .
.AboutThisManual:Pleasekeepthismanual
in yourvehicle, so it
If you sell the
willbethere if youeverneed it whenyou’reontheroad.
vehicle,pleaseleavethismanual
in it so the newownercanuseit.
Thismanualincludesthelatestinformationatthetimeitwasprinted.
We
reserve the right to make changes in the product after that time without
sold in Canada,substitutethename“General
furthernotice.Forvehiclesfirst
MotorsofCanadaLimited’’forChevroletMotorDivisionwhenever
it appears
in thismanual.
. . . .ForCanadianOwnersWhoPreferaFrenchLanguageManual:
Auxproprietairescanadiens:Vouspouvezvousprocurerunexemplairede
DGN Marketing
ceguideenfrancaischezvotreconcessionaireouau
Services Ltd., 1500 Bonhill Rd., Mississauga,OntarioL5T 1C7.
1
.
,
.i
..
-
_I.
.
.- _.
+. ,
HEVROI
GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, Chevrolet, the Chevrolet Emblem,
and S-10 are registered trademarks of General Motors Corporation.
ii
~
Model Reference
This manual covers these models:
iii
TABLE OF CONT€NTS
How to Use this Manual
Comfort Confmls & Audio Sysfems
-.
, .
TO212
iv
Section
I
‘
I
This section tells you how to use your manual and includes
safety and vehicle damage warnings and symbols.
I
This section tells you how to use your seats and safety
1
belts
properly.
This section explains how to start and operate your vehicle.
This sectiontells you how to adjust the ventilation and comfort
controls and how to operate your audio system,
’
Here you’ll find helpful information and tips about the road and
how to drive under different conditions.
This section tells you what to do if you have a problem while
driving, such as a flat tire or engine overheating.
’
~
Here the manual tells youhow to keepyour vehicle running
properly and looking good.
7
~~~~~
~
~
1
I
Illrcl.
This section tells you when to perform vehicle maintenance and
what fluids and lubricants to use.
~
This sectiontells you how to contact your GM division for
assistance and how to get service publications. It also gives
you information on “Reporting SafetyDefects”,
Here’san alphabetical listing of almost every subject in this
manual.Youcan
line it toquicklyfind
something youwant to
read.
TO210
V
How To Use This Manual
Manypeoplereadtheirowner’smanualfrombeginning
to endwhen theyfirst
receivetheirnewvehicle.Thiswillhelpyoulearnaboutthefeaturesand
controlsforyourvehicle.
In thismanual,you’ll find thatpicturesandwords
work together to explain things quickly.
is the Index in back of the
INDEX:Agoodplace to look forwhatyouneed
manual.It’sanalphabeticallist
of allthat’sinthemanual,andthepage
numberwhere you’ll find it.
of its
SECTIONS 1-6: Eachsection of thismanualbeginswithabrieflist
contents, so youcan often find ataglance if asectioncontainsthe
informationyouwant.
SECTION 7: Thissection of themanualcoversthemaintenancerequiredfor
your vehicle.
SECTION 8: CUSTOMER A -3lSTANCE: This section includes important
informationaboutReportingSafetyDefectsandgivesyoudetailsaboutthe
“RoadsideAssistance”program. You willalso find customersatisfactionphone
numbers(includingcustomersatisfactionnumbersforthehearingandspeech
impaired)aswellasthe
mediatiodarbitration procedure. We’ve alsoincluded
orderinginformationfor service publications in thissection.
0-1
How To Use This Manual
Safety Warnings and Symbols
You willfindanumber of safetycautions in this book.Weuseyellow
and
could hurtyou if youwere to
theword CAUTION totellyouaboutthingsthat
ignore the warning.
.
-.
I
In theyellowcautionarea, we tellyou what thehazardis.Then we tell you
what to do to helpavoid orreducethehazard.Pleasereadthesecautions.If
youdon’t,youorotherscouldbehurt.
You willalsofindaredcirclewithaslashthroughit
in thisbook.Thissafetv
do this”, or“Don’tletthishappen.”
symbolmeans“Don’t’’,“Don’t
..
AM002002
i‘
0-2
Vehicle Damage Warnings
Also, in this book you willfindthesebluenotices:
I
NOTICE
In thebluenoticearea, we tell you aboutsomethingthatcandamageyour
vehicle.Manytimes, this damagewouldnotbecoveredbyyourwarranty,and
itcouldbecostly.But
the noticewill tell youwhatto do tohelpavoidthe
damage.
Whenyoureadothermanuals,youmightseeCAUTIONandNOTICE
warningsindifferentcolorsorindifferentwords.
In thismanual,we’veused
thefamiliarwordsandcolorsthatGeneralMotorshasusedforyears.
You’llalsoseewarninglabelsonyourvehicle.Theyusethesamecolors.
and the wordsCAUTIONorNOTICE.
0-3
How To Use This Manual
Vehicle Symbols,
These are some of the symbols youwill findon your vehicle.For example,
these symbols are used on an original battery:
A
~
Protect Eyes
by Shielding
Caution
Possible Injury
L
Caustic Battery Acid
Could Cause Burns
~~
park or Flame Could
Explode Battery
I
Avoid Sparks
or Flames
These symbols are important for you and your passengers wheneveryour
vehicle is driven:
J
1
fasten Safety
Door
Belts
I
I
Lock/Unlock
PO335
0-4
Thesesymbolshaveto
do with your lights.
r
q-
-
‘ I
Master Lighting
Switch
Parking Lights
I
I
Turn Signal
Direction
Hazard
Warning
Flasher
u
Daytime
Running Lights
Thesesymbolsareonsome
Windshield
Washer
A
Headlight
High Beam
f o g Lights
of yourcontrols:
2
Windshield
Wiper
Windshield
Defroster
Hood Release
0
Ventilating Fan
Off
0-5
PO342
How To Use This Manual
Thesesymbolsareusedonwarningandindicatorlights.
1
I
Engine Coolant
Temperature
Battery Charging
System
Fuel
BRAKE
SHIFT
Brake
(Standard Cluster)
Shift Light
Engine Oil
Pressure
BRAKE
Brake
(Digital Cluster)
Here are someothersymbols
Lighter
you maysee.
Fuse
PO343
0-6
.
Seats & Safety Belts
Section
Hereyou’ll find informationabouttheseatsinyourvehicleandhowtouse
your safety belts properly . You can also learn about some things you should
not do with safety belts .
Seats and Seat Controls ...................................................................................... 1-2
Head Restraints .................................................................................................1-7
Safety Belts: They’re For Everyone .................................................................... 1-7
1-9
Why Safety Belts Work .....................................................................................
QuestionsManyPeopleAskAboutSafetyBelts
......................................... 1-12
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly ................................................................. 1-14
Adults ................................................................................................................... 1-14
Driver Position....................................... ........I.................................................. 1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt......................................................................................... 1-15
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................................................................
1-20
Right Front Passenger Position ...................................................................... 1-21
Center Passenger Position .............................................................................
1-21
Lap Belt ........................................................................................................1-22
f ;ition .......................................................................
RearSeatPassenger
1-23
Children ........... .................................................................................................... 1-24
Smaller Children and Babies ..........................................................................1-24
1-26
Child Restraints ............................................................................................
Larger Children ................................................................................................1-32
Safety Belt Extender ...........................................................................................1-35
Checking Your Restraint Systems......................................................................1-35
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash ..............................................................1-35
~I
e
1-1
Seats & Safety Belts
Seats and Seat Controls
Thissectiontellsyouabouttheseats-how
anddown.
to adjustthem,andfoldthemup
Front Seats
You canlosecontrol of thevehicle if youtrytoadjustamanual
driver’sseatwhilethevehicleismoving.Thesuddenmovement
a pedalwhenyou
couldstartleandconfuseyou,ormakeyoupush
don’twant to. Adjustthedriver’sseatonlywhenthevehicleisnot
mov I.
1
Manual Front‘ Seat
-
KO302
Movetheleverunderthefront
of theseattowardyourdoortounlock
Slidetheseat to whereyouwantit.Thenreleasetheleverandtry
theseatwithyourbody,tomakesuretheseatislockedintoplace.
it.
to move
Reclining Front Seatbacks (Bucket Seats
Split-Bench)
or 60140
To adjusttheseatback, lift the lever on theouterside
thelever to lock the se’atbackwhereyouwantit.Pull
theseat will gotoanuprightposition.
Butdon’thaveaseatbackreclined
of theseat.Release
up ontheleverand
if yourvehicle is moving.
I
Sitting in areclinedpositionwhenyourvehicleis
in motioncan I:
dangerous.Even if youbuckleup,yoursafetybeltscan’t
do their JL
whenyou’rereclinedlikethis
Theshoulderbeltcan’t do its jobbecause it won’tbeagainstyour
2” into
body. Instead, it willbe in front of ;--u. In acrashyoucoul
it, receivingneckorotherinjuries.
The lap beltcan’t do itsjob,either. In acrashthebeltcould
overyourabdomen.Thebeltforceswouldbethere,notatyour
pelvicbones.This could causeseriousinternalinjuries.
For properprotectionwhenthevehicleisinmotion,havethe
seatbackupright.Then,sitwellback
in theseatandwearyour
safetvbelt DroDerlv.
1-3
go
-
Seats & Safety Belts
AN1 01021
Manual Lumbar Adjustment
I
PO326
If youhavethisfeature,therewillbeaknobwithsixsettingsontheoutside
of thedriverandpassengerbucketseats.
Turntheknobcounter-clockwise
decrease lumbar support.
to increaselumbarsupportandclockwise
Fronf Seafback Latches
Thefrontseatbackfoldsforwardtoletpeoplegetintothebackseatorreach
thestorageareabehindtheseat.
Yourseatbackwillmovebackand
forth
to asuddenstop.Then
it willlock in place.
freely,unlessyoucome
1-4
to
KO303
There’sonetime the seatbackmaynotfoldwithoutsomehelpfromyou.
That’s if yourvehicle is parkedgoingdownafairlysteephill.
To fold afrontseatbackforward,pushtheseatbacktowardtherearasyou
lift thislatch.Thentheseatbackwillfoldforward.Thelatchmust
be downfor
the seat to workproperly.
Easy Entry Seat (Extended Cab)
KO304
The right front bucket or split-bench seat of your vehicle makes
inandout of the rear vehicle area.
1-5
it easy to get
Seats & Safety Belts
Whenyou tilttherightfrontseatbackfullyforward,thewholeseatwill
slide forward.
Aftersomeonegetsintotherearseatarea,movetherightfront
seatback to itsoriginalposition.Thenmovetheseatrearwarduntil
locks.
it
1 CAUTION
I
, an
Ifeasyentryrightfrontseatisn'tlocked,
it canmove. In a
suddenstoporcrash,thepersonsittingtherecouldbeinjured.After
you'veusedit,besure
to pushrearwardonan easyentryseat to
besureitislocked.
To getout,again
tilt theseatbackfullyforward.
Jump Seat (Extended Cab Models)
I
KO808
Your extendedcabpickupmayhavejumpseats
in the reararea. To fold the
jumpseatdown,pulldownonthehandleonthebottomoftheseatuntilthe
seat is in place. To storetheseat,push it upuntil it isflushwiththetrim
panels.Don'tletthesafetybeltsbedamagedbythehingesorthelatches.
1-6
Head Restraints
h
b
AN1 Oru I i
Slidetheheadrestraint upordown so thatthetop of therestraint is closest
to thetop of yourears.Thispositionreducesthechance
of aneckinjury in
a crash.
Safety Belts: They9reFor Everyone
Thispart of themanualtellsyouhow
to usesafetybeltsproperly.Italsotells
do withsafetybelts.
yousomethingsyoushouldnot
CAUTION
A
Don’tletanyoneridewheretheycan’twearasafetybeltproperly.
If
youare in acrashandyou’renotwearingasafetybelt,yourinjuries
orbe
canbe much worse.Youcan hitthingsinsidethevehicle
ejectedfromit. You canbeseriouslyinjured or killed. In thesame
if youarebuckledup.Alwaysfastenyour
crash,youmightnotbe
safetybeltandcheckthatyourpassenaers’beltsarefastened
properly,too.
1-7
Seats & Safety Belts
AM110001
Thisfigurelights upwhenyou turnthe keyto RUN or START whenyour
safetybeltisn’tbuckled,andyou’llhearachime,too.It’sthereminder
to
to wear
buckleup.In many statesandCanadianprovinces,thelawsays
safetybelts.Here’swhy: They work.
You neverknow if you’llbe in acrash. If you do haveacrash,youdon’t
know if it willbe a badone.
if you’renot
Afewcrashesareverymild.
In them,youwon’tgethurteven
so serious,likebeinghit by atrain,
buckledup.Andsomecrashescanbe
thatevenbuckledupapersonwouldn’tsurvive.Butmostcrashesare
in
between. In manyofthem,peoplewhobuckleupcansurviveandsometimes
walkaway.Without belts they could be badly hurt orkilled.
1-8
I
After 25 years of safety beltsin vehicles,thefacts
buckling up does matter . . . a lot!
are clear. In most crashes
AN110023
Why Safety Belts Work
AM115001
Whenyourideinoronanything,yougoasfastasitgoes.Forexample,
thebike is going 10 mph (16 km/h), so isthechild.Whenthebikehitsthe
block,itstops.Butthe
child keepsgoing!
1-9
AM115002
if
Seats 4ik Safety Belts
AM11 5003
AM115004
Take thesimplest“vehicle”.Supposeit’sjustaseatonwheels.Putsomeone
on it.
..
A
AM115005
Get it uptospeed.Thenstopthe“vehicle”.Theriderdoesn’tstop.
1-1 0
.
AM115006
Thepersonkeepsgoinguntilstoppedbysomething.In
...
couldbethewindshield
1-11
a realvehicle,it
Seats & Safety Belts
AM115008
or the safety belts!
Withsafetybelts,youslowdownasthevehicledoes.
Yougetmoretime
stop. You stop over more distance, and your strongest bones take the forces.
That‘swhysafetybeltsmakesuchgoodsense.
to
Here Are Questions Many People Ask About Safety
Belts-and the Answers
Q: Won’t I betrappedinthevehicleafteranaccident
if I’m wearinga
safety belt?
A: Youcouldbe-whetheryou’rewearing
asafetybeltornot.Butyoucan
if you’reupsidedown.Andyourchance
easilyunbuckleasafetybelt,even
beingconsciousduringandafteranaccident,
so youcanunbuckleandget
if youarebelted.
out,ismuchgreater
Q: Why don’ttheyjustput
safetybelts?
of
in air bags so people won’t have to wear
A: “Air bags,”orSupplementalInflatableRestraintsystems,are
in some
vehicles today and will be in moreofthem in thefuture.Buttheyare
supplemental systems only - so theyworkwithsafetybelts,notinsteadof
them.Every“airbag”systemeverofferedforsalehasrequiredtheuse
of
safetybelts.Evenifyou’re
in avehiclethathas“airbags,’’you
still have to
in frontal collisions,
buckle up to get the most protection. That’s true not only
but especially in side and other collisions.
1-1 2
Q: IfI’ma good driver,and I neverdrivefarfromhome,why
wearsafetybelts?
should I
A: Youmayheanexcellentdriver,butifyou’re
in anaccident - evenone
- youandyourpassengerscanbehurt.Beingagood
thatisn’tyourfault
driverdoesn’tprotectyoufromthingsbeyondyourcontrol,suchasbad
drivers.
25 miles (40 km)ofhome.And
thegreatest
Mostaccidentsoccurwithin
number of seriousinjuriesanddeathsoccuratspeeds
of lessthan 40 mph
(65 km/h).
Safetybeltsareforeveryone.
Safety Belt Reminder Light
. ..
..-
KO286
Whenthekeyisturned
to RUN or START, alight will comeonforabout
eightseconds to remindpeople to fastentheirsafetybelts.Unlessthedriver’s
also sound.
safetybelt is buckled,achimewill
1-1 3
Seats & Safety Belts
How To Wear Safety Belts Properly
Adults
Thispart is onlyforpeople
L,
of adultsize.
Therearespecialthings to knowaboutsafetybeltsandchildren.And
there are different rules for babies and smaller children.
If a child will
beridinginyourvehicle,seethepartafterthisone,called
“Children”.Followtheserulesforeveryone’sprotection.
First,you’llwant to knowwhichrestraintsystemsyourvehiclehas.We’llstart
with the driver position.
Driver Position
Thispartdescribesthedriver’srestraintsystem.
KO824
1-14
Lap-Shoulder Belt
AN1 201 65
Thedriverhasalap-shoulderbelt.Here’showtowear
it properly.
1. Closeandlockthedoor.
2. Adjust theseat(tosee
up straight.
how, see“Seats” in theIndex) so youcansit
AM120077
3. Pickup the latchplateand
pull thebeltacrossyou.Don’tlet
it get
twisted.
4. Pushthelatchplateintothebuckleuntil
it clicks.
1-1 5
I
Seats & Safety Belts
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender”attheend
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupward
wouldbeabletounbuckle
it quickly if youeverhad
of this
oroutward so you
to.
AM120007
Thelappart of thebeltshouldbelowandsnugonthehips,justtouching
thethighs.Inacrash,thisappliesforcetothestrongpelvicbones.And
If you slid under it, thebelt
you’dbelesslikely to slideunderthelapbelt.
wouldapplyforceatyourabdomen.Thiscouldcauseseriousoreven
fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces.
The safety belt locks
if there’sasudden
stop or a crash.
. ,..
1-1 6
Q:
mg with
is?
,.
AM120015
A: Theshoulderbeltistooloose.Itwon’tgivenearlyasmuchprotectionthis
way.
You canbeseriouslyhurt if yourshoulderbelt is tooloose. In a
crashyouwouldmoveforwardtoomuch,
which couldincreaseinjury.
fit against
your
body.
should
shoulder
The
belt
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
-
I
AM120016
A: The belt is buckled in the wrong, place.
1-1 7
Seats & Safety Belts
A
I
I
A
I
J
You can be seriously injured if your belt is buckled in thewrong
go upoveryourabdomen.
place likethis. In acrash,thebeltwould
Thebeltforceswouldbethere,not
at thepelvicbones.This
could
cause serious internal injuries. Alwaysbuckleyourbeltinto
the
buckle
nearest
you.
Q: What’swrongwiththis?
I
AM125001
A: Theshoulderbeltiswornunderthearm.
shoulderat all times.
It shouldbewornoverthe
1
CAUTION
3
gy,;
Youcan beseriouslyinjured if youweartheshoulderbeltunderyour
arm. In acrash,yourbody would movetoofarforward,whichwould
increasethechance of headandneckinjury.
Also, thebeltwould
applytoomuchforce to theribs,whicharen’tasstrong
as shoulder
bones.You couldalsoseverelyinjureinternalorganslikeyourliver
or spleen.
1-1 8
Q: What'swrongwiththis?
AM125002
CAUTION
I
I
You canbeseriouslyinjuredby
a twistedbelt. In acrash,you
h wouldn'thavethefullwidthofthebelt
to spreadimpactforces. If a
belt is twisted, make it .straight so it canworkproperly,oraskyour
dealer to it.fix
I
To unlatchthebelt,justpushthebuttononthebuckle.Thebeltshouldgo
backoutoftheway.
-
AM1 20060
1-1 9
Seafs & Safefy Belts
Beforeyouclosethedoor,besurethebeltisoutoftheway.
thedooron it, youcandamageboththebeltandyourvehicle.
If youslam
Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy
' t
Safetybeltsworkforeveryone,includingpregnantwomen.Like
all occupants,
if theydon'twearsafetybelts.
A
theyaremorelikelytobeseriouslyinjured
pregnantwomanshouldwearalap-shoulderbeltandthelapportionshould
bewornaslowaspossiblethroughoutthepregnancy.
asafety
Thebest way toprotectthefetus is toprotectthemother.When
beltiswornproperly,it'smorelikelythatthefetuswon'tbehurtin
a crash.
Forpregnantwomen,asforanyone,thekeytomakingsafetybeltseffective
is wearingthemproperly.
KO833
The right front passenger's safety belt works the same way
safetybelt.See"DriverPosition,"earlier
in thispart.
as thedriver's
Whenthelapportion of thebeltis puled out all the way, itwilllock.
does,let it gobackallthewayandstartagain.
CenterPassengerPosition(BenchSeat)
If it
a
KO891
If yourvehiclehasabenchseat,someonecansitinthecenterposition.
Seats & Safety Belts
Lap Belt
AM145014Rl
AM
Whenyousitin a centerseatingposition,youhave
a lapsafetybelt,which
pull italong
hasnoretractor. To makethebeltlonger,tiltthelatchplateand
thebelt.
To makethebeltshorter,pull
Buckle, position and release
lap-shoulder b h .
its freeendasshownuntilthe
it thesamewayasthe
lappart of a
If thebeltisn’tlongenough,see“SafetyBeltExtender’’attheend
section.
Makesurethereleasebuttononthebucklefacesupwardoroutward
wouldbeabletounbuckle
it quickly if youeverhadto.
1-22
I
belt issnug.
of this
so you
...
.
Rear'S a t Passengers:(Extended Cab Jump Seats)
KO841
Theseare reserve seatingpositionsequ'ippedwithlapbelts
only. It's very
importantforrearseatpassengars
to buckle up! Alccident statistics show that
in crashesthanthose
unbeltedpeople in therearseatarehurtmoreoften
who are we,aring safetybelts.
Rearpassengerswhoaren'tsafelybeltedcanbethrownoutofthevehicle
acrash.Andtheycanstrikeothers
in thevehicle whoarewearingsafety
belts.
in
3
AM147141
Eachjumpseathasa
lap beltwithnoretractor.
pull thebelt.
thelatchplatealittleand
1-23
AN147
To make thebeltlonger,
tilt
Seats & Safety Belts
To makeitshorter,pullthebeltasshownuntil
it is snug.Buckle,position
andreleaseitthesamewayasthelappart
of thedriver’ssafetybelt(see
or
“DriverPosition”intheIndex.)Makesurethebucklefacesupward
outward so youwouldbeabletounbuckleitquickly
if youever had to.
Don’tusechildrestraintsontheseseats.Theywon’tworkproperly.
Childmn
AM150004Rl
Everyone in avehicleneedsprotection!Thatincludesinfantsand
smallerthanadultsize.Infact,thelawineverystateandCanadianprovince
sayschildrenup to someagemustberestrainedwhileinavehicle.
all children
Smaller Children and Babies
A
Smallerchildrenandbabiesshouldalwaysberestrainedinachild
or
infantrestraint.Theinstructionsfortherestraintwillsaywhether
it is
for your child. A veryyoungchild’shipbones
therighttypeandsize
it
are so smallthataregularbeltmightnotstaylowonthehips,as
should.Instead,thebeltwilllikelybeoverthechild’sabdomen.
In a
crashthebeltwouldapplyforcerightonthechild’sabdomen,which
couldcauseserious or fatalinjuries. So, besurethatanychildsmall
or infant
enoughforoneisalwaysproperlyrestrainedinachild
restraint.
1-24
i
AM150035
A
Neverholdababy in yourarmswhileriding
in avehicle. A baby
doesn’tweighmuch-untilacrash.Duringacrashababywill
For example, in acrashatonly
become so heavyyoucan’tholdit.
25 mph (40 kmlh), a 12-pound (5.5 kg)babywillsuddenlybecomea
240-pound (110 kg) force on yourarms.Thebabywouldbealmost
impossible to hold.
Securethebaby
in aninfantrestraint.
1-25
Child Restraints
Besure to follow the instructions for the restraint.
Youmay findthese
instructions on therestraintitself or in abooklet,orboth.Theserestraints
to besecured
usethebeltsystem in yourvehicle,butthechildalsohas
withintherestraint to helpreducethechance ofpersonalinjury.The
or childrestraintwillshowyouhow
to
instructions that come with the infant
do that.
Thechildrestraintmustbesecuredproperlyinthecenter(except60/40
If youhavea60/40split-bench
benchseat)orrightfrontpassengerseat.
seat,youmustusetherightfrontpassengerseat.
I
CAUTION
A
Anunsecuredchildrestraintcanmovearoundinacollision
or
suddenstopandinjurepeople
in thevehicle.Besure to properly
secureanychildrestraint in your vehicle-even whennochildis in
it.
~~
Top Strap
AN155001
If yourchildrestrainthasa
top strap, it shouldbeanchored. If youneed to
GM dealer to put it in for you. If
haveananchorinstalled,youcanaskyour
youwant to install an anchor yourself, your dealer can
tell you how to do it.
1-26
Securing a Child Restraint in the Center Front Seat Position
(Bench Seat-Except 60140 Split-Bench Seat)
KO891
Don’tuse childrestraints in thecenterposition
of a 60/40 split-benchseat.
Whenyousecure a childrestraint in acenterseatingposition,you’llbeusing
if the child restraint has
thelapbelt.Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
one.
1. Makethebeltaslongaspossiblebytiltingthelatchplateandpulling
it
alongthebelt.
AN163060
1-27
Seats & Safety Belts
2. Puttherestraintontheseat.
restraint.
3. Securethechild
Follow theinstructionsforthechild
c
in thechildrestraint as theinstructionssay.
4. Run thevehicle’ssafetybeltthrough
or aroundtherestraint.The
restraintinstructionswillshowyou
how.
child
AM163061
5. Bucklethebelt.Makesurethereleasebuttonfacesupwardoroutward,
so you’llbeabletounbuckle
it quickly if youeverneedto.
6. To tightenthebelt,pullitsfreeendwhileyoupush
restraint.
downonthe
child
to besure it is
secure.Ifthechildrestraintisn’tsecure,turnthelatchplateoverand
if itissecure. If itisn’t,securetherestraintin
buckleitagain.Thensee
a different place in the vehicle and contact the child restraint maker for
their advice.
7. Pushand pull thechildrestraintindifferentdirections
To removethechildrestraint,justunbucklethevehicle’ssafe&belt.
ready to work for an adult or larger child passenger,
It will be
I
.
.. .
1-28
.
.
.’
.
. ..
.
.
y&&E:3‘&,&&?&*-
Jump Seats (Extended Cab)
Dlon’tusechildrestraintsinthesepositions.Therestraintswon’twork
properly.
d
60/40 Split-Bench Seat
Don’t use a child restraint
in this position. The restraint won’t work properly.
..a*--
,A,,
f
l
j
Seats & Safety Belts
Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front Seat Position
KO833
You’ll be using the lap-shoulder belt.
if the child restrainthasone.
Seetheearlierpartaboutthetopstrap
1. Puttherestraintontheseat.Followtheinstructionsforthechild
restraint.
2. Securethe child in the child restraintastheinstructions say.
3. Pulloutthevehicle’ssafetybeltandrunthelappartthroughoraround
will showyouhow.See
thechildrestraint.Thechildrestraintinstructions
if the shoulder belt would go in front of the child’s face or neck.
If so,
put it behindthechildrestraint.
AN165021
1-30
!
4. Bucklethebelt.Makesure
the- release button facesupwardoroutward,
so you'll be able to unbuckle it quickly if youeverneed to.
5. Pullthe rest of thelap belt allthe way out of theretractor to setthe
lock.
AN165148
6. To tightenthebelt,feedthelapbeltbackintotheretractorwhile
pushdownonthechildrestraint.
AN1 65027
you
AN165146
7. Pushandpullthe
child restraint in differentdirectionsto be sure it is
secure.
1-31
Seats & Safety Belts
If you'reusingabucketseat,adjusttheseatforwarduntilthelapportion
thesafetybeltholdstherestraintfirmly.But,don'tmove
it anymorethan
needed to tightenthelapbelt.
of
To removethechildrestraint,unbucklethevehicle'ssafetybeltandlet
it go
backallthe way. Thesafetybelt will movefreelyagainandbereadytowork
foranadultorlargerchildpassenger.
.
..-.
..
:.'
i,.
r:
!-1
..
i.
Larger Children
. .
..
I/
AN170071
Childrenwhohaveoutgrownchildrestraintsshouldwearthevehicle'ssafety
belts. If youhavethechoice,achildshouldsitnexttoawindowsothechild
canwearalap-shoulderbeltandgettheadditionalrestraintashoulderbelt
canprovide.
Childrenwhoaren'tbuckledupcanbethrownoutinacrash.
132
PO355
Childrenwhoaren’tbuckledcanstrikeotherpeople
who are.
I
I
AM170052
A
Never do this.
Here two children are wearing the same belt. The belt can’t properly
spreadtheimpactforces. In a crash,the two childrencanbe
crushedtogetherandseriouslyinjured. A beltmustbeusedbyonly
onepersonat a time.
1-33
f
Seats & Safety Belts
Q: Whatifa child is wearingalap-shoulderbelt,butthechildis
smallthattheshoulderbelt
is veryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck?
so
A: Movethechildtowardthecenter
ofthe vehicle,butbesurethatthe
shoulderbeltstill is onthechild’sshoulder, so that in acrashthechild’s
If thechildis so small
upperbodywouldhavetherestraintthatbeltsprovide.
thattheshoulderbelt still isveryclosetothechild’sfaceorneck,youmight
if yourvehiclehasone.
want to placethechildinaseatthathasalapbelt,
I ’
-
. -
AM170051
A
Never do this.
Here a child is sitting in a seat that has a lap-shoulder belt, but the
If thechildwearsthebelt
shoulderpartisbehindthechild.
way, inacrashthechildmightslideunderthebelt.Thebelt’sforce
wouldthenbeappliedrightonthechild’sabdomen.Thatcould
causeseriousorfatalinjuries.
Whereverthechildsits,thelapportionofthebeltshouldbewornlowand
snug on the hips, just touching the child’s thighs. This applies belt force
thechild’spelvicbonesin
a crash.
1-34
in this
to
Safety Belt Extender
If thevehicle’ssafetybeltwillfastenaroundyou,youshoulduseit.
Butif a safetybeltisn’tlongenoughtofasten,yourdealerwillorderyouan
extender.It’sfree.Whenyougoin
to orderit,taketheheaviestcoatyouwill
wear, so theextenderwillbelongenoughforyou.Theextenderwillbejust
foryou,andjustfortheseat
in your vehicle that you choose. Don’t let
someoneelseuseit,anduseitonlyfortheseat
it ismadetofit. To wearit,
justattachittotheregularsafetybelt.
Checking Your Restraint Systems
Nowandthen,makesureallyourbelts,buckles,latchplates,retractors,
anchoragesandremindersystemsareworkingproperly.Lookforanyloose
partsordamage. If youseeanythingthatmightkeeparestraintsystemfrom
doingitsjob,haveitrepaired.
Replacing Safety Belts After a Crash
If you’vehad a crash, do youneednewbelts?
Afteraveryminorcollision,nothingmaybenecessary.Butifthebeltswere
stretched,astheywould be ifwornduring a moreseverecrash,thenyou
neednewbelts.
If youeverseealabelonarightfrontsafetybeltthatsaystoreplacethe
to helpprotectyou
belt,besure to do so. Thenitwillbethere
accident. You wouldseethislabelonthebeltnearthedooropening.
in an
AM177001
1-35
Seats & Safety Belts
If belts arecut ordamaged,replacethem.
Collisiondamagealsomaymean
youwill havetohavesafetybeltparts,liketheretractor,replacedor
if thebeltwasn'tbeingusedatthetime
anchoragelocationsrepaired-even
of the collision.
Q: What'swrongwiththis?
I
AP125004
I CAUTION
Tornor frayedbelts maynotprotectyou in acrash.Theycanrip
apartunderimpactforces. If a belt is torn orfrayed,getanewone
right away.
Before replacing any safety belt, see your dealer for the correct part
number.
You'llneedthemodelyearandmodelnumberforyourvehicle.Themodel
year is onyour title andregistration.Andyoucanfindthemodelnumberon
the certificationltire label ofyourvehicle.
. :i
.
.
.
1
I
'
1-36
8
.
:
_....
A
F
K2447
Themodelnumberonthereplacementbeltmustbelistedonthesafetybelt
youwant to replace.
1-37
Features & Controls
Hereyoucanlearnaboutthemanystandardandoptionalfeatures
on your
vehicle,andinformationonstarting,shifting,andbraking.Alsoexplainedare
theinstrumentpaneland the warningsystemsthat tell you if everything is
workingproperly-andwhat
to do if youhaveaproblem.
For explanation of vehicle symbols, referto“Vehicle
Section 0.
Symbols” in
Keys ......................,.........................,...........~..........................................,...........,.
2-3
............................................~..........................
2-5
.... .........2-5
Side Doors .............I............r................................................................
.2-6
Door Locks..........................................................................................................
Theft ....................................................................................................................... 2-8
Your Doors and How They Work
.
,
New Vehicle Break-In ....................................................................................,......2-9
Ignition Switch ....................................................................................................... 2-9
Starting Your Engine ...........................................................................................
2-11
..................................................... ....2-14
2-16
Automatic Transmission ......................................................................................
Five-Speed Manual Transmission...................................................................... 2-1 9
Locking Rear Axle ......1........................................................................................ 2-21
Parking Brake ...................................................................................................... 2-21
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
Parking Over Things That Burn ......................................................................... 2-25
2-1
Features & Controls
................................................................................................... 2-26
hunnlng Your Engine While You’re Parked .................................................. 2-26
2-27
Four-wheel Drive ................................................................................................
Manual Transfer Case ..................................................................................... 2-28
Electronic Transfer Case................................................................................. 2-29
Windows ............................................................................................................... 2-31
Tailgate ................................................................................................................. 2-33
Horn...................................................................................................................... 2-33
2-34
Tilt Wheel .............................................................................................................
2-35
Turn Signal/MuItifunction Lever ..........................................................................
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator .......................................................2-36
Headlight High-Low Beam .............................................................................. 2-38
Windshield Wipers ........................................................................................... 2-38
Windshield Washer .......................................................................................... 2-40
Cruise Control.................................................................................................. 2-41
2-46
Lights....................................................................................................................
Mirrors .................................................................................................................. 2-50
2.53
Accessory Power Outlet .....................................................................................
Cigarette LighteVAshtrays...................................................................................2-54
2.55
Storage Compartments .......................................................................................
Enain
laust
Instrument Cluster........................................................................................... .2-62
I.rr
..........................................................2-65
2-75
Trailer Wiring Harness ........................................................................................
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
2-2
1
C A I ITlnN
~I
Leavingyoungchildren in avehiclewiththeignition
key is dangerous
formanyreasons. A child or others could be badly injured oreven
killed.
They could operatepowerwindowsorothercontrolsorevenmake
thevehicle move.Don’t leave the keys in avehiclewithyoung
children.
The ig,nilion keys are for the ignition Only.
2-3
Features
A&
Contmls
-
K5316
Thedoorkeysareforthedoorsandallotherlocks.
Whenanewvehicleisdelivered,thedealerremovestheplugsfromthe
keys,andgivesthemtothefirstowner.
it thattellsyourdealeroraqualifiedlocksmithhow
Eachplughasacodeon
to makeextrakeys.Keeptheplugs
in asafeplace. If youloseyourkeys,
you’ll be able lo have new, onesmadeeasilyusingtheseplugs.
l-
24-
Your Doors And How They Work
Side Doors
To openthedoorfromtheoutside,liftthehandleandpull
..._
.. “*i
I..L.:
..
the dooropen.
.
x
KO298
To open the doorfromtheinside,
door open.
pull thelevertowardyouandpushthe
2-5
...
f
.
I.
: .
Features & Controls
Door Locks
1A
Unlockeddoorscanbedangerous.
' Passengers-especially children-can easily open the doors and
out.Whenadoor
is locked,theinsidehandlewon'topenit.
fall
~.
-.
I.
Outsiderscaneasilyenterthroughanunlockeddoorwhenyouslow
downorstopyour
vehicle.
,
This maynotbe so obvious:You increasethechance of being
if thedoorsaren'tlocked.Wear
thrownoutofthevehicleinacrash
off
safety belts properly, lock your doors, and you will be far better
whenever you drive your vehicle.
~ ~ _ _ _ _
Thereareseveralways
to lockandunlockyourvehicle:
KO204
From theoutside: Use yourdoor key.
. ..
.-
. -.
. ..
.. ,
From the inside: To lockthedoor,slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor
LOCK.
2-6
..
I
to
I
KO207
To unlockthedoorfromtheinside:Slidetheleveronyourinsidedoor
towardyou.You willseearedareaonthe
lever.
Power Door Locks
If your vehicle has power door locks, push the power door lock switch
on
either front door toward the key symbol. This switch will lock all the doors at
once.
To unlockthedoors,pushtheswitchawayfromthekeysymbol.
Leaving Your Vehicle
If youareleavingthevehicle,takeyourkeys,openyourdoorandsetthe
locksfrom the inside.Thengetoutandclosethedoor.
2-7
Theft
Vehicletheft is a big business,especially in somecities.Althoughyour
vehicle has a number of theft deterrent features, weknow that nothing we
puton it canmake it impossible to steal.However,therearewaysyoucan
help.
Key intheIgnition: If youwalkawayfromyourvehiclewiththekeysinside,
do it. when^
it’s an easy target for joy riders or professional thieves-so don’t
you park your vehicle and open the driver’s door, you’ll hear a tone reminding
you to removeyourkeyfromtheignitionandtake
it with you.Always do
this. Your steeringwheelwillbelocked,and
so willyourignition. If youhave
anautomatictransmission,takingyourkeyoutalsolocksyourtransmission.
Andremember to lockthedoors.
ParkingatNight:Park
in a lighted spot,close all windowsandlockyour
vehicle.Remember to keepyourvaluablesoutofsight.Putthem
in a storage
area, or take them with you.
ParkingLots: If you park in alotwheresomeonewillbewatchingyour
if youhave to
vehicle,it’sbest to lock it upandtakeyourkeys.Butwhat
if youhave to leavesomethinavaluableinvour
leaveyourignitionkey?What
vehicle?
Putyourvaluables
in astoragearea,likeyourglove
DOX.
Locktheglovebox.
Lock all doorsexceptthedriver’s.
Thentakethedoorkeywithyou.
2-8
1
New Vehicle c'Break-ln99
I Y U IIW
ignition Switch
Useyourignitionkeytostartyourvehicle.Theignitionkeyletsyouturnthe
ignitionswitch to fivedifferentpositions:
F
KO404
Acc(Accessory):Accletsyouusethingsliketheradioandthewindshield
off. To get into Acc,pushinthekeyandturn
it
wiperswhentheengineis
just as it wasbeforeyou
towardyou. Your steeringwheelwillremainlocked,
insertedthekey.
2-9
Features & Contmls
LOCK:Thispositionlocksyourignition,steeringwheelandtransmission.It’s
a theftdeterrentfeature. You willonlybeabletoremoveyourkeywhenthe
ignition is turnedtoLOCK.
..
~
.
. . ..
Off: This position lets you turn off theenginebut
likeLOCK.UseOffifyoumusthaveyourvehicle
is off (forexample,ifyourvehicleisbeingpushed).
still turnthesteeringwheel
in motionwhiletheengine
Run: This is the position for driving.
Start: Thisstartsyourengine.
-
Onmanualtransmissionvehicles,turningthekey
to “LOCK’ will lock
thesteeringcolumn an’d resultin a loss ofabilitytosteerthe
vehicle. This coiu18dcause amcollision. If you need to turn the engiw
off Mhilethevehicleismoving,
turn the key only to “OW. Don’t
m v e the key release lever while the vehicle is moving.
2-1 0
Key Release Lever
Theignitionkeycannotberemovedfromtheignition
vehiclesunlessthekeyreleaseleverisused.
of manualtransmission
To Remove the Key
Turnthekey to theLO,CKpositionwhilepressingthekeyreleaseleverdown
atthesametime.Keepingyourfingeronthelever,pullthekeystraightout.
Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,turnthekeytoLOCKandpullitstraight
out.
To Starz Your 2.5 -Liter (VIN Code A) L4 Engine:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
Moveyourshiftlever
to P (Park)or N (Neutral).Yourenginewon'tstart
To restartwhenyou're
inanyotherposition-that'sasafetyfeature.
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
2-1 1
Features & Controls
1
NOTICE
Don’t try to shift to P (Park) if your vehicle is movi
:auld dal ae ? transrnissil SI
ark‘ nE
ManualTransmission:
.
to the
Shiftyourgearselector to N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedal
floor while starting the engine.
Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal
is not all the waydown-that’sasafetyfeature.
.
-
2. Don’tpushtheacceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine.
In some
othervehiclesyoumightneed
to do this,butbecause ofyour vehicle’s
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. Turnyourignitionkey to Start.Whentheenginestarts,let
key.The idlespeedwill go downasyourenginegetswarm.
go of the
In very cold weather, do this:
1. Withyourfoot off theacceleratorpedal, turn your ignitionkey to Start
until yourenginebeginsfiring.Pushdownontheacceleratorpedal
slightly.Whentheenginepicksupspeed,letgoofthekey.Onceyour
engine is running smoothly, letupontheaccelerator
pedal.
2. If it doesn’tstartrightaway,pushtheacceleratorpedal
all the way to
thefloorandhold it thereasyouholdthekey
in Start foraboutthree
do thesame
seconds. If thevehiclestartsbrieflybutthenstopsagain,
thing,butthistimekeepthepedaldownuntilyourenginerunssmoothly.
NOTICE
b___
2-1 2
t
NOTICE
I
ever nave your venue loweu, see 11
now IO do it without damaging your v-’-’cle
the Index.
To Start Your 2.8 Liter (W/V Code R) and 4.3 Liter
(VlN Codes Z and W) V6 Engines:
1. AutomaticTransmission:
P (Park)or N (Neutral). Your enginewon’tstart
Moveyourshiftleverto
inanyotherposition-that’sasafetyfeature.
To restartwhenyou’re
alreadymoving,use N (Neutral)only.
I NOTICE
I
ManualTransmission:
N (Neutral)andholdtheclutchpedaltothe
Shiftyourgearselectorto
floor while starting the engine.
Your vehicle won’t start if the clutch pedal
is not all the way down-that’s a safety feature.
2. Don’tpush the acceleratorpedalbeforestartingyourengine.
In some
do this,butbecause of yourvehicle’s
other vehicles you might need to
computersystems,youdon’t.
3. TurnyourignitionkeytoStart.Whentheenginestarts,letgo
key. Theidlespeedwill godownasyourenginegetswarm.
2-1 3
of the
Features & Controls
4. If it doesn’tstartright away, hold yourkey in Start. If it doesn’t start in
three seconds,pushtheacceleratorpedalaboutone-quarteroftheway
it starts.
downfor 12 moreseconds,oruntil
5. If yourenginestillwon’tstart(orstartsbutthenstops),itcouldbe
flooded with too much gasoline. Try this:
Wait 15 seconds to letthestartermotorcool
down. Thenpushyour
acceleratorpedalalltheway
to thefloor. Hold it there.Then, hold the
key in Startfornomorethantenseconds.Thisclearstheextra
gasolinefromtheengine.
If theengine stili doesn’tstart,waitanother
again.
Whentheenginestarts,
-._.
.
15 secondsand do it all
let go of thekeyandtheacceleratorpedal.
NOTICE
I
I
Driving Through Deep Standing Water
mda
IIW 1IW.l
I
Engine Block Heater
KO414
In verycoldweather, 0°F (-18°C) orcolder,theoptionalengineblockheater
canhelp.You’llgeteasierstartingandbetterfueleconomyduringengine
warm-up.
To usethe brock heater:
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Open the hoodandunwrap the electricalcord.
3. Plug it intoanormal,grounded1IO-voltoutlet.
A
Pluggingthecordinto an ungroundedoutletcouldcauseanelectrical
shock. Also, the wrong kind ofextensioncordcouldoverheatand
causeafire. You couldbeseriouslyinjured.Plug
the cordintoa
If thecord won’treach,
properlygroundedthree-prong110-voltoutlet.
useaheavy-dutythree-prongextensioncordratedforatleast
15
amps.
2-1 5
Features & Controls
How longshouldyoukeeptheblockheaterpluggedin?
Theanswerdepends
of
on the weather, thekind of oil you have,andsomeotherthings.Instead
trying to listeverythinghere,weaskthatyoucontactaGeneralMotors
dealer in theareawhereyou’llbeparkingyourvehicle.Thedealercangive
you the best advice for that particular area.
Automatic Ilansmission
2-1 6
I
CAUTION
I
A It is.-dangerousto get out of..yourvehicle if. tha..shift lever is notfully
i n - P (ParQ--wiih the parking brake fiim~ljj-set.Yo’ur vehiclle ‘&n roll.
Doln’t leave your vehiclewhen the engine is runningunlessyouhave
to. If you have left theenginerunning,tihevehiclecanmove
suddenly.Youorothers
could- be injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’t move,whenyolu’lreonfairly
level ground,alwaysset your
parkingbrake and movetheshiftlever to P (Park).
Of you havefour-wheeldrive, your vehiclewillbe free to roll-even if
your shift lever is in P (Park)i-if your transfer case i:s iln ‘N (Neutral).
So besurethetransfercase
is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral)’.
See “Shifting into P (Par’k)’’ in the Index. If y o u are ,parkingonahill,
or, ifyou’rep’ullinga traihr, also see “Parking on Hills” o:r“Towilnlg a
Trailer” in the Index.
R (Reverse).Usethisgeartobackup.
To rockyourvehiclebackandforthtogetoutofsnow,iceorsandwithout
damagingyourtransmission,see “If You’reStuckinSand,Mud,IceorSnow”
intheIndex.
N (Neutral).Inthisposition,yourenginedoesn’tconnectwiththewheels.
To restartwhenyou’realreadymoving,use
N (Neutral)only. Also, use N
(Neutral)whenyourvehicle is beingtowed.
a
I
Shifting out of P (Park)or N (Neutral) While your engine is “racing”
(iunning afthlighspeed) is dangerous. ‘Unless your foot is firmly on
thebrakeped’al, your vehilclecouldmoveveryrapidly.
You co1wl;d lose
contro’l and hit people or objects.Don’t shift out ‘of P (Park)or N
(Neutral)whileyourengine
is racing.
2-1 7
Features & Controls
I
OD (AutomaticOverdrive).Thisposition
morepowerforpassing,andyou’re:
is fornormaldriving.
If youneed
- Goinglessthanabout 35 mph (56 km/h),pushyouraccelerator
pedal about halfway down.
- Goingabout 35 mph (56 km/h) or more,pushtheaccelerator all the
waydown.You’ll shiftdown to thenextgearandhavemorepower.
OD should not beused when towingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,
D (thirdgear)when
drivingonsteephills,orforoff-roaddriving.Select
operating the vehicle under any oftheseconditions.
D (ThirdGear).This is like OD, butyounevergointoOverdrive.
shoulduse D whentowingatrailer,carryingaheavyload,drivingon
steeps hills, or for off-road driving.
You
2 (SecondGear).Thispositiongivesyoumorepowerbutlowerfuel
economy.You canuse 2 (SecondGear)onhills.Itcanhelpcontrolyour
also
speedasyougodownsteepmountainroads,butthenyouwould
want to useyourbrakesoffandon.
If youhavea 4.3L engine(Codes Z and W) and if youmanuallyselect
2, thetransmissionwilldrive
in secondgear.Youmayuse
thisfeature
to startyour
forreducingtorque to therearwheelswhenyouaretrying
vehiclefromastoponslipperyroadsurfaces.
e
1 (FirstGear).Thispositiongivesyouevenmorepower(butlowerfuel
economy)than 2. You canuse it onverysteephills, or in deepsnow or
mud. If theselectorlever is put in 1, thetransmissionwon’tshiftinto
first gear until the vehicle
is goingslowlyenough.
2-1 8
FivemSpeed Manual Transmission
PO348
This is theshiftpattern.Here’showtooperateyourtransmission:
e
1 (FirstGear)-Presstheclutchpedalandshiftinto
1. Then,slowlylet
up on the clutch pedal as you
.press the accelerator pedal.
20 mph (32 km/h). If
You canshiftinto 1 whenyou’regoinglessthan
you’vecome to acompletestopandit’shardtoshiftinto
1, putthe
shiftleverin N (Neutral)andletupontheclutch.Presstheclutchpedal
backdown. Thenshiftinto 1.
e
2 (SecondGear)-Presstheclutchpedalasyouletuponthe
2. Then,slowlyletupontheclutch
acceleratorpedalandshiftinto
pedalasyoupresstheacceleratorpedal.
e
3, 4 and 5 (Third,FourthandFifthGears)-Shiftinto
3, 4 and 5 the
2. Slowlyletupontheclutchpedalasyoupress
samewayyoudofor
theacceleratorpedal.
e
To Stop -Letupontheacceleratorpedalandpressthebrakepedal.
Justbeforethevehiclestops,presstheclutchpedalandthebrake
pedal,andshift to N (Neutral).
e
N (Neutral)-Usethispositionwhenyoustartoridleyourengine.
e
R (Reverse)-Tobackup,pressdown
theclutchpedalandshiftinto
Letupontheclutchpedalslowlywhilepressingtheacceleratorpedal.
2-1 9
R.
Featurns & Controls
I
If youhaveamanualtransmission,youhavea
SHIFT light. This lightwill
showyouwhen to shift to thenexthighergearforbestfueleconomy.
you can "shift to the n-exthighergear if weather,
Whenthislightcomeson,
roadandtrafficconditionslet you.For thebestfuel economy, accelerate
slowlyandshiftwhenthelightcomeson.
if youquickly
Whileyou.accelerate, it is normalforthelight to goonandoff
changetheposition of theaccelerator.IgnoretheSHIFTlightwhenyou
downshift.
For Four-wheelDriveVehicles Only: If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive
andisequippedwithamanualtransmission,disregardtheshiftlightwhenthe
transfercaseis in 4 LOW.
Shift Speeds-Manual Transmissions
If yourspeeddropsbelow
20 mph (32 km/h),or if theengine is not running
Youmayhave to
smoothly,youshoulddownshift to thenextlowergear.
downshifttwoormoregears
to keep the engine running smoothly
or for good
performance.
2-20
CAUTION
I
If youskipmore than onegearwhenyoudownshift,youcouldlose
control ofyour vehicle.Andyou could injureyourselforothers.
NOTICE
Locking Rear Axle
Ifyouhavethisfeature,yourrearaxlecangiveyouadditionaltractionon
snow,mud,ice,sandorgravel.Itworkslikeastandardaxlemostofthe
time,butone of therearwheelshasnotractionandtheotherdoes,the
lockingfeaturewillallow the wheelwithtraction to movethevehicle.
Parking Brake
KO424
To set the parking brake:
Holdtheregularbrakepedaldownwithyourrightfoot.Pushdownthe
If theignitionison,thebrakesystem
parkingbrakepedalwithyourleftfoot.
warninglightwillcomeon.
2-21
Featums & Controls
To release the parking brake:
Hold theregularbrakepedaldown.Pullthebrakereleaselever.
I NOTICE
If youare on ahill:
See“ParkingonHills”intheIndex.Thatpartshowshowtoturnyourfront
wheels.
If youaretowingatrailerandareparkingonanyhill:
See“Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.Thatpartshowswhatto
the trailer from moving.
do first to keep
Torque Lock
Theparkingbrakeshould be setfirstwheneverleavingthedriver’sseat.
If
youareparkedona
hill andthetransmissionisplacedin
P (Park)before
the parking brake is set, the weight of the vehiclemayputtoomuchforce
ontheparkingpawl in thetransmission. It may be difficult to pull the selector
leverout of P (Park).This is called“torquelock.” To preventthis, the parking
to P (Park).
brakeshouldbesetBEFOREmovingtheselectorlever
Whenpreparingtomovethevehicle,theselectorlevershouldbemovedout
of P (Park)BEFOREreleasingtheparkingbrake.Settheparkingbrakefirst,
P (Park),evenonlevelsurfaces.
Thenreleasethetransmissionfrom
If “torquelock”doesoccur,youmayneed
to haveanothervehiclenudgethis
of thepressure off thetransmissionwhileyoupull
vehicleuphilltotakesome
the selector lever out of P (Park).
2-22
~
Shifting Into P (Park) .(Automatic Transmission
Models Only)
fi
I.
A.UTION
It canbedangeroustogetoutofyourvehicle
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
roll.
if theshiftleverisnot
Your vehiclecan
I
Ifyouhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmove
sudde..I,.
To be sure your vehiclewon’tmove,
You orotherscouldbeinjured.
whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrive,withamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
andyourtransfercaseis
in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona
or
hill, or if you’repullingatrailer,alsosee“ParkingOnHills”
“TowingaTrailer’’ in theIndex.
1. Hold the brakepedaldownwithyourrightfootandsettheparking
brake.
2. Movetheshiftlever
into the
P (Park)positionlikethis:
Pull the levertowardyou.
KO406
Movetheleverup
as faras it willgo.
2-23
Features & Contmls
3. Ifyouhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,be
surethetransfercase
is inadrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
4.Move theignitionkey to LOCK.
5. Removethekeyandtake
it with you. If youcanwalkawayfromyour
vehiclewiththeignition key in yourhand,yourvehicleis
in P (Park).
Leaving Your Vehicle With the Engine Running
(Automatic Transmission Models Only)
1 CAUTION
I
It canbedangerous to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning.
Your vehicle could movesuddenly if theshiftlever is notfully in P
(Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
If youhave four-wheeldrive
withamanualtransfercaseshiftleverandyourtransfercase
is in N
(Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefree
to roll,even if yourshiftleveris in
P (Park).Sobesurethetransfercaseis
in adrive gear-not in N
(Neutral). And, if youleavethevehiclewiththeenginerunning,it
could overheatandevencatchfire.Youorothers
couldbeinjured.
Don’tleaveyour
vehiclewiththeenginerunningunlessyouhaveto.
If youhave to leaveyourvehiclewiththeenginerunning,besureyour
is firmlysetbeforeyouleaveit.
vehicle is in P (Park)andyourparkingbrake
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure
that the transfer case is in a drive gear-not in N (Neutral).Afteryou’ve
movedtheshiftlever into the P (Park)position,holdtheregularbrakepedal
down. Then,see if youcanmovetheshiftleverawayfrom
P (Park)without
first pulling it toward you. If youcan, it meansthattheshiftleverwasn’tfully
lockedinto P (Park).
ParkingYour b bide(ManualTransmissionModels
Only)
Beforeyougetoutofyourvehicle,putyourmanualtransmission
(Reverse)andfirmlyapplytheparkingbrake.
in R
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,besure
yourtransfercase is in adrivegear.Your
vehicle could roll if it isn’t.
If you are parking onahill,or
if your vehicle is equippedtotowatrailer,
see“Parking on Hills”or “Towing a Trailer” in theIndex.
2-24
I
Parking Over Things That Burn
AM220007
CAUTION
Thingsthatcan burn couldtouchhotexhaust parts underyour
vehicleandignite.Don’t park overpapers,leaves,drygrassorother
thingsthatcanburn.
2-25
Features & Contmls
I
CAUTION
4
Engine exhaust can .kill. It contains thegascarbonmonoxide (CO),
which you can’t see or smell. it can muse unconsciousness and
death.
You might have exhaust coming
in if:
Your exhaust system sounds strange or different.
0
Your vehiclegets ‘rusty underneath.
* Your vehicle was damaged in acollision.
0
Your vehicle was damagedwhendrivingove’r
road or over road debris.
high pointsonthe
* Repairsweren’tdonecorrectly.
0
Your vehicleorexhaustsystemhadbeenmodifiedimproperly.
If you ever suspect exhaust is comilng into your vehicle:
Drive il only with all thewindowsdown
and
to b’low outany CO;
* Have il fixed immediately.
Running Your Engine While You’re Parked
(Automatic Transmission)
It’sbetternottoparkwiththeenginerunning.But
aresomethingstoknow.
I C
if youeverhaveto,here
h
Idling the engine with the air system control
off couldallow
dangerousexhaustintoyourvehicle.(SeetheearlierCautionunder
“EngineExhaust.”)
Also, idlinginaclosed-inplacecanletdeadlycarbonmonoxide
(CO)
into yourvehicleeven if thefanswitchisatthehighestsetting.One
placethiscanhappenisagarage.Exhaust-with
CO-can comein
easily. NEVER parkinagaragewiththeenginerunning.
Anotherclosed-inplacecanbeablizzard.(See“Blizzard”inthe
Index.)
2-26
1
It can be dangerous to get
out ofyourvehicle if the shift llever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set.
Your vehide can
roll. Don’t leave your vehicle when the engine is running, unlless
y~
haveto. If you’ve left the engine running, tihe vehiclecanmove
suddenly. You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle
won’tmove,whenyou’reonfairlylevelground,alwayssetyour
parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park).
If you have four-wheel drive with a manual transfer case shift lever
and your transfer case is in N (Neutral), your vehide will be free to
roll, even if yourshiftlever is in P (Park). So, besurethetransfer
case is in a drive gear-not in ‘N (Neutral)., Follow the proper steps
P (Park)”in
to be sureyourvehicle won’t move.See“ShiftingInto
theIndex.
If you are parking on a hill, or if you’re pulling a trailer, also see
“Farking on Mills” or“Towing a Trailer” in the Index.
If yourvehiclehasfour-wheeldrive,youcansendyourengine’sdrivingpower
To shift out of two-wheel drive and into
to all four wheels for extra traction.
to 4 HIGH or 4 LOW.You
four-wheeldrive,movethetransfercaseshiftlever
shoulduse 2 WHEELformostnormaldrivingconditions,however.
2-27
I
Features & Controls
Manual Transfer Case
I
PO163
Thetransfercaseshiftleverisonthefloor
to the right of thedriver.Usethis
lever to shiftintoandout of four-wheel drive. An indicator light near the lever
shows you the transfer case settings:
2 WHEEL
4 HIGH
N SETPARKINGBRAKE
4 LOW
The front axle portion of thediagramontheindicatorwill
light upwhenyou
shift into four-wheel drive. A slight delay between shifting and the pattern's
if thefront axle does
lighting is normal. If thepatterndoesnotlightup,or
of four-wheel drive, have your dealercheck
not go out after you shift out
to the left to dimyour
yoursystem.Turn thedialaboveyourheadlightswitch
transfercaseindicatorlightwhenyourheadlightsorparkinglightsareon.
2 WHEEL:This settingisfordriving in moststreetandhighwaysituations.
Your frontaxleisnotengagedintwo-wheeldrive.
4 HIGH:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxle
to helpdriveyourvehicle.
Use 4 HIGH whenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
or in mostoff-roadsituations.
N SETPARKINGBRAKE:Shift
needs to be towed.
to thisneutralsettingonlywhenyourvehicle
2-28
I
4 LOW: This setting also engages your front axle to give you extra traction.
to allfourwheels.
Youmay neverneed 4 LOW. Itsendsthemaximumpower
You mightchoose 4 LOW if youweredriving off-road in sand,mud,ordeep
snowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
You canshiftfrom 2 WHEEL to 4 HIGHorfrom 4 HIGHto 2 WHEELwhile
thevehicle is moving. It is notnecessaryforyou to press the transfercase
shift lever button. Your front axle will engage faster if you
take your foot off
of the accelerator for a few seconds after you shift.
To shift into or out of 4 LOWor N SETPARKINGBRAKE:
-
1. Stop yourvehicleandshiftyourtransmissionintoneutral.
2. Press the transfercaseshift
button andshift in onecontinuousmotion.
Don’t pause in N SET PARKINGBRAKEasyou
oryourgears could clash.
shift into or out of 4 LOW,
Remember that driving in 4 HIGHor 4 LOWmayreduce fuel economy.Also,
driving in four-wheel drive ondrypavement could causeyourtires to wear
faster and make your transfer case harder
to shift.
Electronic Transfer Case
1
KO412
Theoptionalelectronicshifttransfercaseswitch
is ontheleftside ofyour
instrumentpanelabovethelightswitches.Usethisswitchtoshift
into and
out of four-wheeldrive. You canchooseamong three drivingsettings:
1. Two-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”: This setting is fordriving in most
street and highway situations. Your front axle is notengaged in
two-wheeldrive.
2-29
t
Featums & Contmls
2. 4HI:Thissettingengagesyourfrontaxletohelpdriveyourvehicle.
Use4HIwhenyouneedextratraction,suchasonsnowyoricyroads,
orinmostoff-roadsituations.
3. 4LO:Thissettingalsoengagesyourfrontaxle
to giveyouextratraction.
all four
Youmayneverneed4LO.
It sendsthemaximumpowerto
wheels.Youmightchoose
4L0 if youweredrivingoff-roadinsand,
mud,ordeepsnowandclimbingordescendingsteephills.
Indicatorlightsontheswitchshowyouwhichsettingyouarein.Both
If both
indicatorlights will comeonbrieflywhenyouturnontheignition.
in forservice.The4HI
lights do notcomeon,youshouldtakeyourvehicle
positionhasagreenindicatorlightandthe4LOpositionhasanamber
indicatorlight.Whenshiftingfrom4HIto4LOor4LOto4HI,theindicator
lightwillflashuntiltheshiftiscompleted.
Two-WheelDrive,“TWOWHEEL”,doesnothaveaswitchpositionoran
indicatorlight. Your vehiclewillbe in two wheeldrive if neitherindicatorlight
is on.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, “TWO WHEEL”,to4HI:Pressandrelease
the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewilllock
automatically.
To shiftfrom4HItotwo-wheeldrive,“TWOWHEEL”:Pressandrelease
the4HIswitch.Thiscanbedoneatanyspeed,andthefrontaxlewillunlock
automatically.
To shiftfromtwo-wheeldrive, ‘‘TWO WHEEL”, or 4HIto4LO:Stopyour
N (Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.
vehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto
Pressandreleasethe4LOswitch.
You mustwaitfortheamber4LO
indicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogearorreleasingtheclutchpedal.
If the 4L0 switchispressedwhenyourvehicleis
in gearand/ormoving,the
30 secondsandnotcompletetheshift
amber 4L0 indicator light will flash for
3 mphandthetransmissionisin
N (Neutral)or
unlessyourvehicleisbelow
theclutchpedaldepressed.
If yourtransfercasedoesnot
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles:
shiftinto 4L0, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4LOswitch.Whilethe
P (Park).
amber4LOindicatorlightisflashing,shiftyourtransmissioninto
Wait until the 4LOindicatorlightgoessolidamberbeforeshiftingyour
transmissionintogear.Thiswillgetyouinto
4L0, butyoushouldtakeyour
vehicleinforservice so normaloperationcanberestored.
2-30
To shift from 4LO to 4HI:Stopyourvehicle.Shiftyourtransmissioninto
N
(Neutral)ordepressyourclutchpedal.Pressandreleasethe4HIswitch.
You
mustwaitforthegreen4HIindicatorlighttostopflashingandgosolidgreen
before shifting your transmission into gearorreleasingtheclutch
pedal.
If the4HIswitch is pressedwh’enyourvehicle is in gearand/ormoving,the
green 4H1 indicator light will flash for 30 seconds but not complete the shift
unless the vehicleisbelow 3 mphandthetransmission is in N (Neutral) or
theclutchpedaldepressed.
If yourtransfercasedoesnot
Onautomatictransmissionequippedvehicles:
shiftinto- 4HI, yourtransmissionindicatorswitchmayrequireadjustment.With
yourtransmission in N (Neutral),pressandreleasethe4HIswitch.Whilethe
green4HIindicatorlight is flashing,shiftyourtransmission into P (Park).Wait
untilthe4HIindicatorlightgoessolidgreenbeforeshiftingyourtransmission
into gear. Thiswillgetyouinto4HI,butyoushouldtakeyourvehicle
in for
service so normaloperationcanberestored.
To shift from 4LO to two-wh’eeldrive, “lW0 WHEEL”: Youmust shiftfrom
4LO to 4HI before shifting backintotwo-wheeldrive.
Windows
To openyourmanualwindows,
lower your side door windows.
turn thehandcrankoneachdoortoraise
If youhavetheoptionalpowerwindows,theco’ntrolsareoneach
of theside
doors.
Thedriver’sdoorhasaswitchforthepassengerwindowsaswell.
powerwindows will onlyworkwhentheignitionhasbeenturned
231
or
Your
to Run.
Features & Contmls
Pushtheswitchdowntolowerthewindow.
Pushtheswitchup to raisethe window.
Sliding Rear Window
KO21 3
Your vehicle mayhavea slidingrear window.Pressthetop
of thelatchin
it. When you close the
the center of thewindowandslidetheglasstoopen
window,besure thelatchcatches.
Swhg-Out Windows (Extended Cab)
KO21 5
If your vehicle has rear swing-out windows, just unlatch them at their clasps
and push out on the glass
to openthem.
232
Tailgate
KO216
You canopenthetailgateby
tailgatedown.
Whenyouputthe
pulling up onthehandlewhile
tailgate backup,besure
pulling the
it latches securely.
Horn
KO223
Pressthepad
in thecenter of thesteeringwheel
2-33
to soundthehorn.
Features & Controls
Tilt Wheel
....
+j
I
KO225
If youhave a tiltsteeringwheel, it allowsyoutoadjustthesteeringwheel
beforeyoudrive. Do notadjustthesteeringwheelduringyourdriving.
Youcan alsoraiseittothehighestleveltogiveyourlegsmoreroomwhen
youenterand exit thevehicle.
To tiltthewheel,holdthesteeringwheelandpullthelever.Movethe
steeringwheelto a comfortablelevel,thenreleasethelevertolockthewheel
in place.
234
1
The IUrn Signal!ultifunction Lever
PO177
of thesteeringcolumnincludes
TurnSignalandLaneChangeIndicator
HeadlightHigh-LowBeam & PassingSignal
WindshieldWipers
WindshieldWasher
CruiseControl(Option)
Theleverontheleftside
2-35
your:
Features & Controls
Turn Signal and Lane Change Indicator
The turn signalhastwoupward(forRight)andtwodownward(forLeft)
positions.Thesepositionsallowyoutosignalaturnoralanechange.
PO178
To signalaturn, move theleverallthewayup
finished,theleverwillreturnautomatically.
ordown.When
theturn is
I
Cluster Digital Cluster
Standard
PO251
A greenarrowontheinstrumentpanelwillflashinthedirectionoftheturn
or lane change.
2-36
I
To signal a lanechange,justraiseorlowertheleveruntilthegreenarrow
startsto flash. Hold it thereuntilyoucompleteyourlanechange.Thelever
will returnbyitselfwhenyoureleaseit.
As yousignalaturnoralane
on, asignalbulbmaybeburned
signal.
chi'
--
OUT
if thearrowsdon’tflashbutjuststay
and otherdriverswon’tseeyourturn
(If yourvehiclehasthedigitalinstrumentcluster,theturnsignalarrowswill
if a signalbulbisburnedout.)
flashatafasterrate
If abulbisburnedout,replace
it to helpavoidanaccident.
If the green
arrowsdon’tgoonat
all whenyousignalaturn,checkthefuse(see
“Fuses”intheIndex)andforburned-outbulbs.
If youhaveatrailertowingoptionwithaddedwiringforthetrailerlights,a
differentturnsignalflasherisused.Withthisflasherinstalled,thesignal
indicatorwillflashevenifaturnsignalbulbisburnedout.Checkthefront
andrearturnsignallightsregularly
to makesuretheyareworking.
Operation of Lights
Althoughyourvehicle’slightingsystem(headlights,parkinglights,foglamps,
sidemarkerlightsandtaillights)meetallapplicableFederallighting
requirements,certainstatesandprovidencesmayapplytheirownlighting
regulationsthatmayrequirespecialattentionbeforeyouoperatetheselights.
Forexample,somejurisdictionsmayrequirethatyouoperateyourlower
beamlightswithfoglampsatalltimes,orthatheadlightsbeturnedon
wheneveryoumustuseyourwindshieldwipers.Inaddition,mostjurisdictions
It is
prohibitdrivingsolelywithparkinglights,especiallyatdawnordusk.
recommendedthatyoucheckwithyourownstateorprovincialhighway
authorityforapplicablelightingregulations.
2-37
Features & Controls
Headlight High-Low Beam
..-
m
PI
To changetheheadlightsfromlowbeamtohighorhighto
low, pull theturn
it. Whenthehighbeams
signalleverallthe waytowardyou.Thenrelease
areon,abluelightontheinstrumentpanelalsowillbeon.
Windshield Wipers
r
PO1 80
You control the windshieldwipersbyturningthebandwiththewipersymbol
on it.
2-38
I
For a singlewipingcycle, turn the band to MIST. Hold it thereuntilthe
wipersstart,thenlet go. Thewiperswillstopafteronecycle.
If youwant
MIST longer.
morecycles,holdthebandon
low speed,turnthebandawayfrom
Forsteadywipingat
position.Forhighspeedwiping,turnthebandfurther,to
off symbol.
wipers,movethebandtothe
you tothe LO
HI. To stopthe
PO177
Low Speed Delay Wipers (Option)
Youcansetthewiperspeed
for a long orshortdelaybetweenwipes.This
canbeveryuseful
in lightrain orsnow.Turnthe
bandtochoosethedelay
LO, theshorterthedelay.
time.Thecloserto
I
you fromseeingwellenough
to
Damagedwiperbladesmayprevent
drive safely. To avoilddamage,blesure to &air ice and SKIW from
If they're frozen to the
thewiperbladesbeforeusilngthem.
wi'ndshield, carefully lloosen or thaw them. If your blades become
damaged,getnewblades or blade inlserts.
leavy snow or ice can overload your wipers.
untilthemotorcools.Clearawaysnoworice
I
2-39
A circuit breaker will stop them
to preventanoverload.
I
Features & Controls
Windshield Washer
POT81
Atthetop of themultifunctionleverthere'sapaddlewiththeword
it. To spray 'hasher fluid on thewindshield,pushthepaddle.
If youhavethestandardwipers,thewiperswillkeepgoingin
turn the wiper control to the
off symbol.
PUSH on
LO until you
If youhavetheLowSpeedDelayoption,thewiperswillclearthewindow
andtheneitherstop or returntoyourpre-setspeed.
1
Drivingwithoutwasherfluidcanbedangerous.Abadmud
splashcanblockyourvision.
You couldhitanothervehicleorgo
off theroad.Checkyourwasherfluidleveloften.
In freezingweather,don'tuseyourwasheruntilthewindshieldis
warmed.Otherwisethewasherfluidcanformiceonthe
windshield,blockingyourvision.
2-40
I
I
1OTICE
Cruise Control (Option)
PO259
WithCruiseControl,youcanmaintain
a speed of about25mph (40 km/h)or
morewithoutkeepingyourfootontheaccelerator.Thiscanreallyhelpon
25 mph(40
longtrips.CruiseControldoesnotworkatspeedsbelowabout
kmlh).
or pushtheclutchpedal,
Whenyouapplyyourbrakes
off.
transmission,theCruiseControlshuts
2-4 1
if youhaveamanual
Features & Contmls
t
1
CALITION
-
.. ;Fg
, .
I
.
L
CruiseControlcanbedangerouswhereyoucan'tdrivesafelyat
asteadyspeed. So, don'tuseyourCruiseControlonwinding
roads or in heavytraffic.
A
CruiseControlcanbedangerousonslipperyroads.Onsuch
roads,fastchanges in tiretractioncancauseneedlesswheel
spinning,andyoucouldlosecontrol.Don'tuseCruiseControl
onslipperyroads.
To Set Cruise Control
MovetheCruiseControlswitch
to ON.
1 CAUTION
A
k
If youleaveyourCruiseControlswitchonwhenyou'renotusing
Cruise,youmighthitabuttonand
go intoCruisewhenyoudon't
wantto.You could be startledandevenlosecontrol.Keepthe
CruiseControlswitch OFF untilyouwant to useit.
Getuptothespeedyouwant.
Push in thesetbuttonattheend
of theleverandrelease
Takeyourfootoff
theacceleratorpedal.
2-42
it.
To Resume a Set Speed
c
PO261
SupposeyousetyourCruiseControlatadesiredspeedandthenyouapply
thebrake.This, ofcourse,shuts off theCruiseControl.Butyoudon’tneed
25 mph (40 km/h)ormore,youcan
toresetit.Onceyou’regoingabout
WA (Resume/Accelerate)for
movetheCruiseControlswitchfromONto
abouthalfasecond.
You’llgorightbackuptoyourchosenspeed
and staythere.
If youholdtheswitchat
WA (ResumelAccelerate)longerthanhalfa
second,thevehiclewillkeepgoingfasteruntilyoureleasetheswitch
So
orapplythebrake.Youcouldbestartledandevenlosecontrol.
unlessyouwanttogofaster,don’tholdtheswitchat
WA
(ResumelAccelerate).
r o Increase Speed While Using Cruise Control
Therearetwowaystogotoahigherspeed.Here’sthefirst:
1. Usetheacceleratorpedaltogettothehigherspeed.
2. Pushthebuttonattheend
of thelever,thenreleasethebuttonandthe
acceleratorpedal.You’llnowcruiseatthehigherspeed.
2-43
Features & Controls
PO263
Here'sthesecondway
to go toahigherspeed:
1. MovetheCruiseswitchfrom
thereuntil yougetup
switch.
ON to WA (ResumelAccelerate).Holdit
tothespeedyouwant,andthenreleasethe
2. To increaseyourspeedinverysmallamounts,movetheswitch
to WA
(ResumelAccelerate)forlessthanhalf
a secondandthenreleaseit.
1 mph (1.6 kmlh)faster.
Eachtimeyou do this,yourvehiclewillgo
To Reduce Speed While Using Cruise Control
PO264
2-44
1. Push in the button attheend of theleveruntilyoureachthelower
it.
speedyouwant,thenrelease
2. To slowdown in verysmallamounts,pushthebuttonforlessthana
halfsecond.Eachtimeyoudothis,you’llgo
1 mph (1.6 km/h)slower.
Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to increaseyourspeed.Whenyoutakeyourfoot
off thepedal,yourvehicle will slowdowntotheCruiseControlspeedyouset
earlier.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
HowwellyourCruiseControlwillworkonhillsdependsuponyourspeed,
load,andthesteepness of thehills.Whengoingupsteephills,youmay
want to step on the accelerator pedal to maintainyourspeed.Whengoing
downhill,youmayhave
to brakeorshift to alowergear to keepyourspeed
of CruiseControl.Many
down. Of course,applyingthebraketakesyouout
driversfindthis to betoomuchtroubleanddon’tuseCruiseControlon
steephills.
To Get Out of Cruise Control
There are two ways to turn off the Cruise Control:
1. Steplightlyonthe
brake pedal orpushtheclutchpedal,
manualtransmission;or
if youhavea
ruzw
2. MovetheCruiseswitch
to OFF.
2-45
Features & Contmls
To Erase Speed Memory
Whenyou turn off theCruiseControl or theignition, yourCruiseControlset
speedmemory is erased.
Lights
Your lightswitchesareontheleftside
ofyourinstrumentpanel.
KO239
Push the top switch
to turn on:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
Pushthebottomswitchtoturnontheheadlights,togetherwith:
ParkingLights
SidemarkerLights
Taillights
LicensePlateLights
InstrumentPanelLights
TransferCaseShiftIndicatorPanel
2-46
Pushtheswitchmarked
OFF to turn off your lights.
Turnthedialabovetheheadlightswitch
to theright to makeyourinstrument
panelandtransfercase lights brighter.Turningthe dial allthe way to the
rightuntil it clicks will turn ontheinteriorlights.
Turnthedial to theleft to dimyourinstrumentpanelandtransfercase
indicator lights.
You canswitchyourheadlightsfrom
multifunctionlever.
high to lowbeambypullingonthe
A circuitbreakerprotectsyourheadlights.
If youhaveanelectricaloverload,
off. Haveyourheadlightwiringchecked
your headlights will flicker on and
rightaway if thishappens.
Fog Lamps
KO940
Useyouroptional fog lampsforbettervision in foggyormistyconditions.
Your parkinglightsand/orlowbeamheadlightsmustbeon
oryourlamps
won’twork.
Thefoglampswitch
is ontheinstrumentpanelundertheheadlightswitch.
Presstherightside of theswitch to turn thefoglampson,andtheleftside
of the switch to turn them off. A lightwillglow in the rightside of the switch
whentheyareon.
2-47
Featums & Controls
KO241
Remember,foglampsalonewillnotgive
Neveruseyourfoglamps
off as muchlightasyourheadlights.
in the dark without turning on your headlights.
off wheneveryourhighbeamheadlightscomeon.When
Foglampswillgo
the high beamsgooff,thefoglampswillcomeonagain.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
r
KO242
Ifyour vehicle was firstsold,whennew,
in Canada,youwillhavethislight
on theinstrumentpanel.It goesonwhenevertheDaytimeRunningLightsare
on.
2-48
Dayiime Running Lights (Canada Only)
TheCanadianFederalGovernmenthasdecidedthat“DaytimeRunning
Lights”(DRL)areausefulfeature,inthatDRLcanmakeyourvehiclemore
visibletopedestriansandotherdriversduringdaylighthours.DRLisrequired
on all newvehiclessold in Canada.
Thehighbeamheadlightswillcomeonatreducedbrightnessindaylight
when:
Theignitionison
off, and
Theparkingbrakeisreleased.
vvnenyouturnonyourheadlights,theDRLwillswitch
off andtheexrerlor
off theheadlights,theexteriorlightswill
lightswillcomeon.Whenyouturn
gooutandhighbeamswillchange
to thereducedbrightness of DRLagain.
Theheadlightswitchis
TheDRLindicatorlightontheinstrumentpanelwillgoonwhenevertheDRL
is on.ThislightmeansthatonlytheDRLison.Whenyouturnonyour
exteriorlights,thislightwillgoout.
Of course,youmaystillturnonthe
headlightsanytimeyouneedto.
off, settheparkingbrake.TheDRLwill
To idleyourvehiclewiththeDRL
stay off untilyoureleasetheparkingbrake.
Headlights-On Reminder
A remindertonewillsoundwhenyourheadlightsareturnedonandyour
ignitionisin Off, LOCK or Acc. To turnthetone off, turnthedimmerdialall
the way to the left.
2-49
Features & Controls
Dome Light
J
L
KO1 87
Thedomelightwillcomeonwhenyouopenthesidedoors.
You canalso
to therightuntilitclicks.
turnthedomelightonbyturningthedimmerdial
Mirrors
’%
PO154
Inside Mirror
Pressthetabunder
the mirrortoreduceglarefromheadlightsbehindyou.
If yourvehiclehasoptio.nalmaplights,theywillautomaticallycomeonfor
is opened,oruntilthe
approximately 15 secondswheneitherfrontdoor
ignitionisturned to RUN.
You canalsoturnthe map lights on and off bypressingtheswitchnear
RUN forthemaplights
eachlight.However,theignitionmustbeturnedto
comeon.
to
Outside Mirrors
I
Adjust your outside mirrors
so youcanjustseetheside
ofyourvehicle.
Some vehiclescomewitharemotecontrolswitchforadjustingtheoutside
mirrors.FindtheswitchontheinstrumentpanelbelowtheAir
Conditioning/Heatercontrols.Twisttheswitch
to therightorleft to choosethe
mirror,thenmovetheswitchfromside
to sideorupanddownasneeded.
Convex Outside Mirror
Your rightsidemirror is convex.Aconvexmirror'ssurfaceiscurved
canseemorefromthedriver'sseat.
2-5 1
so you
Features & Controls
k
If you aren'tused to a convexmirror,youcan
hit anothervehicle. A
convexmirrorcanmakethings(likeothervehicles)
look fartheraway
than they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane,
you
could hit a vehicle on1 your right.Checkyourinsidemirror
or gla.nce
over your shoulder before changinig lanes.
-
c
L
Sun VisorsNanify Mirrors
KO251
To blockoutglare,youcanswingdownthevisors.Youcan
fromsidetoside.
also swingthem
Somevisorshavemirrorsbuiltin,withandwithoutlights.Justliftthemirror
if youhavethem.
coveroneachvisortoturnthelightson
2-52
1
1
PO270
Somevisorshavea“dualvisor”,whereyoucanswingportions
of the visor
in different directions at the same time
to block out glare. These visors also
haveanextensionthatcanbe
pulled outforadditionalglareprotection.
Your visormayhaveastrapforholdingsmallitems,suchasmaps.
Accessory Power Outlet
PO157
Ifyouhavetheoptionalaccessorypoweroutlet,youcanplug
in auxiliary
electricalequipment.Justunsnapthetop
of theoutletand follow theproper
installationinstructionsthatareincludedwithanyelectricalequipmentyou
install.
2-53
Features & Controls
Cigarette f ighter/Ashtrays
KO26
To usethelighter,press
popbackbyitself.
it in all the way, andlet go.Whenit'sready,itwill
it isheating. If you do,
Don't holdacigarettelighter in withyourhandwhile
itwon'tbeable to backawayfromtheheatingelementwhenit'sready.That
canmake it overload,damagingthelighterandtheheatingelement.
To removethefrontashtray,pullonthefrontof
it.
Don'tputpapersandotherthingsthatburnintoyourashtray.
If you do,
cigarettes orothersmokingmaterialscouldsetthemonfirecausingdamage.
2-54
Storage Compartments
PO158
Your vehiclemayhaveaconsolecompartmentbetweenthebucketseats.
To
openit,just lift thetop of theconsolewhilepressingthebuttononthe
driver’s side. If you have an automatic transmission, your console also includes
ahandyplace to hold cups. If youhaveamanualtransmission,yourconsole
willhaveatray.
t
KO258
To openyour glovebox,squeezethebuttons
on eitherside of thekeyhole
Two cupholders are providedforyour
togetherandpullthedooropen.
convenience.Useyourdoorkey
to lockyourglovebox.
2-55
'I
I
Featums & Contmls
KO259
A narrowshelfunderyourinstrumentpanelmaybeusedforitemssuchas
gloves or small books.
KO260
YOU will find a storagepocketoneachofthefrontdoors.Thedriver'sdoor
pocket contains a coin holder for your loose change.
YOUmay alsohaveastoragepocketontheback
seats.
2-56
ofyour 60/40 split-bench
K224,
Somevehicleshaveastorageareabehindtheseat.
PO1 84
Convenience Net (Extended Cab)
A conveniencenetmaybeprovidedfortherearcabtohelpkeepsmall
items,likegloves and lightclothing in placeduringsharpturnsorquickstops
andstarts.Thenet
is notdesignedtoretaintheseitemsduringoff-road
use.
Thenet is notforlarger,heavieritems.Storesuchthingsontheloadfloor
as far forward as you can.
Install the convenience net at the rear
ofyourvehicle,justbelowtherear
window.Attachtheupperloops
to the retainersbelowthewindow(thelabel
should be visible in the upperpassengersidecorner).Theconveniencenet
25 pounds (11 kg).
hasamaximumcapacityof
2-57
Features & Contmls
PO190
KO262
2-59
f
Features & Confmls
r
KO263
2-60
,f-J
KO264
2-61
Features & Confmls
instrument Cluster
Yourinstrument cluster is designed to letyouknowat
a glancehowyour
vehicleisrunning.You'llknow
howfastyou'regoing,abouthowmuch
fuel
you've used,andmanyotherthingsyou'llneed
to knowtodrivesafelyand
economically.
Digital Cluster
If youhavethedigitalcluster
it looksdifferentbutwilltellyoueverythingthe
also includesatachometerand will
standardclusterdoes.Thedigitalcluster
givereadings in eitherEnglishorMetric. To switchfromEnglish to Metric,
just pressdown on the EIM lever.
Speedometer and Odometer
I
KO265
Yourspeedometer letsyouseeyourspeed
in bothmilesperhour(mph)and
kilometersperhour(km/h).Yourodometershowshow
far your vehicle has
beendriven, in eithermiles (used in the U.S.) or kilometers(used in
Canada).
2-62
1
Tamper Resistant Odometer
Your odometer is tamper-resistant. The standard odometer will show silver
linesbetweenthenumbers if someonetriesto turn it back.Thedigital
it back.
odometer will read ERROR if someonetriestoturn
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
I
KO267
You maywonderwhathappens if yourvehicleneedsanewodometer
installed.Ifthenewonecanbeset
to themileagetotal of the old odometer,
if it can’t,thenit’ssetatzero,andalabelmustbeput
thenitmustbe.But
old mileagereadingwhenthenewodometer
on the driver’sdoortoshowthe
wasinstalled.
2-63
Featums & Controls
Trip Odometer
Thetripodometercan tell youhowfaryourvehiclehasbeendrivensince
youlastsetthetripodometer
to zero.Makesurethebuttoniscompletely
depressed.
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
KO269
To setthetripodometeronthestandardcluster
near the readout.
to zero,push the button
The trip odometeronthedigitalclusterwillappear
in place of yourregular
Trip lever. To resetthetripodometer
odometerwhenyoupressdownonthe
Reset lever. To changebacktothe
onthedigitalcluster,pressdownonthe
Trip leveragain.
regularodometer,pressdownonthe
2-64
i
KO271
~
NOTICE
If youhave the 4.3L HighPerformanceengine(VINCode
W), youwillhave
5600 rpm.
afuelregulatorthatshuts
the fuel off whentheenginereaches
Warning Lights, Gages and Indicators
Thissectiondescribesthewarninglightsandgagesthatareonyourvehicle.
Thepictureswillhelpyoulocatethem.
Warning lightsandgagescan s.ignal thatsomethingiswrongbefore
it
becomesseriousenoughtocauseanexpensiverepairorreplacement.Paying
also saveyouorothersfrom
attentiontoyourwarninglightsandgagescould
injury.
is aproblemwith one of your
Warninglights go onwhentheremaybeor
vehicle’sfuncfions. As youwillseeinthedetailsonthenextfewpages,
somewarninglightscomeonbrieflywhenyouturntheignitionkeyjust
to let
If youarefam’iliarwiththissection,youshouldnot
youknowthey’reworking.
bealarmedwhenthishappens.
2-65
Features & Controls
Gagescanindicatewhentheremaybeor
is aproblemwithoneofyour
to letyou
vehicle’sfunctions.Oftengagesandwarninglightsworktogether
knowwhen there’saproblemwithyourvehicle.
Whenoneofthewarning
lightscomesonandstaysonwhenyouare
driving,orwhenoneofthegagesshowstheremaybeaproblem,checkthe
section that tells you what to doabout it. Pleasefollowthemanual’sadvice.
So pleaseget to
Waiting to dorepairscanbecostly-andevendangerous.
knowyourwarninglightsandgages.They’rea
big help.
Brake System Warning Light
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
i
Pol 59
Your vehicle’shydraulicbrakesystemisdivided
into twoparts. If one part
isn’tworking,theotherpartcanstillworkandstopyou.Forgoodbraking,
though,youneedbothpartsworkingwell.Yourvehiclealsohasrearwheel
anti-lockbrakes. If thewarninglightgoeson,therecouldbeabrakeproblem
with either yourregularorrearwheelanti-lockbrakes,orboth.Haveyour
brakesysteminspectedrightaway.
Thislightshouldcomeonasyoustartthevehicle.Ifitdoesn’tcomeon
then,have it fixed so it willbeready to warnyou if there’saproblem.
Thislightwillalsocomeon
whenyousetyourparkingbrake,andwillstay
on if yourparkingbrakedoesn’treleasefully.
If it staysonafteryourparking
it meansyoumayhaveabrakeproblem.
If thelight
brakeisfullyreleased,
off theroadandstopcarefully.
Youmay notice
comesonwhiledriving,pull
to push.Or,the pedal maygocloser to thefloor. It
thatthepedalisharder
may takelonger to stop. If thelightisstill on,havethevehicletowedfor
service.(See“TowingYourVehicle”
in theIndex.)
2-66
I
I1
1
CAUTION
A
Your brakesystemmaynotbeworkingproperly
if thebrakewarning
lightison.Drivingwiththebrakewarninglightoncanleadtoan
accident. If thelightisstillonafteryou’vepulled
off ? roadand
stoppedcarefully,havethevehicletowedfor
servirn
Engjne _GaolantTemperature Gage
Cluster
Digital
Cluster
Standard
KO274
2-67
Features & Controls
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Service Engine Soon)
Cluster
Standard
Digital Cluster
II
I
PO161
A computermonitorsoperation ofyour fuel,ignitionandemissioncontrol
systems.Thislightshouldcomeonwhentheignition
is on,buttheengineis
not running,asacheck to showyou it is working.If it doesnotcomeonat
on whileyou aredriving,
all, have it fixedrightaway. If it stayson,orcomes
a problem.Youshouldtakeyour
thecomputerisindicatingthatyouhave
vehicle in forservice soon.
2-68
Oil Pressure Gage
D i g M Cluster
Standard Cluster
I
KO276
The oil pressuregageshowstheengine
oil pressureinpsi(poundsper
squareinch)whentheengineisrunning.Canadianvehiclesindicatepressure
inkPa(kilopascals). Oil pressuremayvarywithenginespeed,outside
low pressurezone
temperatureand oil viscosity,butreadingsabovethe
indicatethenormaloperatingrange.
A readinginthelowpressurezonemaybecausedby
levelorotherproblemscausinglow
oil pressure.
a dangerouslylow oil
Onthedigitalcluster, a boxaroundtheoilpressuresymbolwillbegintoflash
whentheoilpressureislow.
I
Dsln't ke'epdrivinlg if the oil pressure is l'ow. If you do, your engine
can become so hot that it catches fire. YQU or others could be
burned. Clheck your oil as soon as possiblle and have yo'u~r vehicle
serviced.
2-69
lndicator Lights
lndicatorlights goonwhenyouuseyourturnsignals,changefromlowbeam
headlights to highbeams,orwhenyouuseyourhazardflashers.Thenext
few pages will also tell you about the indicator lights on your vehicle and
helpyoulocate them.
Charging System Light
- .
., .... .
L
KO280
Thechargingsystemlightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyou
turn on theignition,
buttheengineisnotrunning,asacheck
to showyou it is working.Then it
should go outoncetheengine is running. If it stayson,orcomesonwhile
youaredriving,youmayhaveaproblemwiththeelectricalchargingsystem.
It could indicate that you have a loose generator drive belt, or another
electricalproblem.Have it checkedrightaway.Drivingwhilethislight
is on
could drainyourbattery.
If youmustdriveashortdistancewiththelight
on, be certain to turn off all
It is onthelower
youraccessories,such as theradioandairconditioner.
right hand side of your standard instrument cluster.
2-70
t
CHECK GAGES Light
KO281
If youhavethestandardinstrumentcluster,thislightwillcomeonbriefly
If thelightcomesonandstaysonwhile
whenyouarestartingtheengine.
youaredriving,checkyourvariousgages
to see if theyareinthewarning
zones.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Indicator Light (Canada Only)
KO242
ThisgreenlightwiththeDRLsymbol
is on thelowerleft of theinstrument
cluster.TheDRLindicatorisonwhenevertheignitionisonandtheheadlight
off. FormoredetailsaboutDRL,see"Lights"in
switchandparkingbrakeare
thissection.
2-71
Features & Controls
SHIFT Indicator Light
1
KO287
This light with the SHIFT symbol is on the instrument cluster of some vehicles
withmanualtransmissions.The SHIFT indicatorlightwillhelpyougetthe
best fuel economy.See “ShiftIndicatorLight” in thissection.
Headlight High Beam Indicator Light
L
Thislightwiththebluehighbeamsymbolisontheinstrumentcluster.The
highbeamindicator is onwheneveryouuseyourhighbeamheadlights.For
moredetailsabouthighbeams,see“HeadlightHigh-LowBeamChanger”
this section.
2-72
in
Turn Signal and Lane Change lndicator
Cluster
Digifal
Cluster
Standard
I
Thislightwith the greenarrows is ontheinstrumentcluster.The turn signal
indicatorwillcomeonwheneveryousignala
turn or lanechange.See“Turn
andLaneChangeSignal”
in this section.
2-73
Features & Controls
Gages
Fuel Gage
Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster
KO272
The fuel gagetellsyouabouthowmuch
fuel youhaveleft,whentheignition
is on.Whenthegagefirstindicatesempty,youstillhavealittlefuelleft,but
youshouldgetmorefuelsoon.
A boxaroundthegagesymbolonthedigitalclusterwillbegin
yourtank is 1/8 full orless.
Here are four things that some owners ask about. None
problem with your fuel gage:
At the gas station,the gaspumpshuts
to flash when
oftheseshow
a
off beforethegagereadsfull.
It takesalittlemoreorlessfuel
to fill up thanthegageindicated.For
it
example,thegagemayhaveindicatedthetankwashalffull,but
actually took alittlemoreorlessthanhalfthetank‘scapacity
to fill the
tank.
Thegagemovesalittlewhenyouturnacornerorspeedup.
off theignition.
Foryourfueltankcapacity,seetheIndexunder“FluidCapacities.”
Thegagedoesn’t
go back to emptywhenyouturn
2-74
t
Voltmeter
Digital Cluster
Standard Cluster
I
KO278
Whenyourengine is notrunning, but the ignition is on(inthe Run position),
thegageshowsyourbattery'sstate
of charge in DC volts.Whentheengine
is running,thegageshowsthecondition
of thechargingsystem.Readings
between the lowand high warningzonesindicatethenormaloperatingrange.
Onthedigitalcluster,aboxaroundthevoltmetersymbolwillbegin
whenthechargingsystemneedsservice.
You canonlydriveforashorttimewiththereading
youmustdrive, turn off allunnecessaryaccessories.
to flash
in eitherwarningzone.If
Readings in eitherwarningzoneindicateapossibleproblem
system.Havethevehicleservicedassoonaspossible.
in theelectrical
mailer Wiring Harness
Your vehicle mayhaveeithera5-wireor7-wireharness.
The5-wireharnessisstoredalongtheleftrearframecrossmember.The
harnesshasnoconnector,andyoushouldhaveaqualifiedserviceperson
It mustberoutedout
ofyour vehicleandattached
wireyourharnessforyou.
so that the trailer or thebodywon'tpullit.
2-75
Features & Contmls
KO250
The7-wireharness is storedunderyourvehiclealongtherearframe
30 Amp. in-linefusedbatteryfeedwireand
crossmember.Thisharnesshasa
noconnector,andshouldbewiredbyaqualifiedserviceperson.Attach
the
harness to thetrailer, then tape orstrap it to yourvehicle'sframerail.Be
sureyouleave it looseenough so thewiringdoesn'tbend or break,butnot
so loose that it dragsontheground.
Storetheharness in its originalplace. Wrap theharnesstogetherand
neatly so it won'tbedamaged.
tie it
2-76
I
Comforf Controls & Audio Systems
In thispartyou’llfindouthowtooperatethecomfortcontrolsystemsand
audiosystemsofferedwithyourvehicle.Besure
to readabouttheparticular
systemsuppliedwithyourvehicle.
Forexplanationofvehicle
Section 0.
symbols, referto“VehicleSymbols”in
Comfort Controls ..............I..........I....I..........................I.......r................................. 3-3
..................................................................... 3-3
3-5
Heating System....-..-..........................................................................................
........ - ......3-6
Heating/Air Conditioning System............................................*.......,-..
Engine Block Heater ............................................................................................. 3-7
Flow-Through Ventilation System
Audio Systems..................................................I....I................I.I..I.I...................I.I.3-7
FM Stereo ..........................................................................................................
3-8
AM ........ -..............=........................... ....................................................................3-8
AM Stereo ................... ........................
.............................................................
.....
How to Operate YourETR*AMRadio
3-8
....................-.............. .......... 3-9
How to Operate Your ETRB AM-FM
Stereo Audio System ...................................................................................
3-11
How toOperate Your ETR@AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System ...................................................................
3-13
3-1
.
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How to OperateYour ETRs AM-FM
Stereo Audio Cassette System With Equalizer .........................................
3-1 6
..............................................................
3-19
Care of Your Cassette Tape Player
How to OperateYour ETR@ AM-FM
Stereo Audio Compact Disc (CD) System ...........................
Care of Your Compact Disc
- ....................
3-20
........................................................................... 3-25
Fixed Mast Antenna ............................................................................................ 3-26
3-2
Comfort Controls
Flow-Through Ventilatr'on System
I
KO502
Your vehicle's flow-through ventilation system supplies outside air to the inside
ofyour vehiclewhen it is moving.Withthesidewindowsclosed,airwillflow
into the front air inlet grilles, through the vehicle, and out the rear air exhaust
valves.Outsideairwillalsoenterthevehiclewhentheheaterortheair
conditioningfanisrunning.
Ventilation Tips
e
Keepthehoodandfrontairinletfree
of ice,snow,oranyother
obstruction (such as leaves). The heater and defroster will work far
better, reducing the chance of fogging the inside of your windows.
to HI for
Whenyouenteravehicle
in coldweather,turntheblowerfan
a fewmomentsbeforedriving off. This helps clear the intake ducts
of
snowandmoisture,andreducesthechance
of foggingtheinsideof
your windows.
e
Keep the air path under the front seats clear
to circulate throughout your vehicle.
3-3
ofobjects. This helps air
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Air Vents
t
You will find air vents in the center and on the sides
of yourinstrument
panel. You canmovethevents to direct the flow ofair,orclose
the vents
altogether.When you close a vent, it will increase the flow of aircomingout
of any vents that are open.
If yourvehicledoes not have air conditioning, there are air vents in eachkick
a handle to openandclose
panel belowtheinstrumentpanel.Eachventhas
it.
3-4
I
Fan Lever
Thelever at thetop of thesystemhasfourpositions.
To increasetheair
HI. To decrease the airflow,moveittoward
OFF.
flow,movethelevertoward
Temperature Lever
The lever on the left of thesystem lets you select the temperature
flowing into yourvehicle.Movetheleverupforwarmerair.Movethelever
down for cooler air.
Function Lever
Theleverontheright
functions.
of thesystemcanbemoved
of theair
to threedifferentheating
DEFROST: Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most
of theaircomesout
near the windshield,withsomegoing to thefloorventsandsidewindow
defrost vents. Use this whenyouget fog or ice onthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostof the aircomesoutnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
fromthedefrosterventsunderthewindshieldandatthefrontsidewindows.
This is best for cold weather.
VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour
front side windows.
3-5
Comforf Controls & Audio Systems
HeatingAir Conditioning System
K05ur
If your vehicle has air conditioning, your heatinglair conditioning system will
look like this.
Before using your vehicle’s air conditioning, open the windows
vehicle of hot air.
to clear the
Fan Lever
The lever at the top
of thesystemhasfourpositions.
To increase the air
H1. To decreasetheairflow,move it toward LO.
flow,movethelevertoward
Temperature Lever
The lever on the left of thesystemdisplayletsyouselectthetemperature
the air coming into your vehicle. Move the lever
upforwarmerair.Movethe
lever down for cooler air.
of
Function Lever
Theleverontheright
of thesystemcanbemovedtosevendifferentheating
and air conditioning functions.
DEFROST Thissettingoperatesthedefroster.Most
of theaircomesout
nearthewindshield,withsomegoingtothefloorventsandsidewindow
defrostvents.Usethiswhenyougetfog
or iceonthewindshield.
HTR (Heater): Mostoftheaircomes
outnearthefloor.Therestcomesout
from the defroster vents under the windshield and at
your front side windows.
Thisisbestfor cold weather.
3-6
VENT: Theaircomesoutattheventsonyourinstrumentpanelandatyour
front side windows.
BI-LEV NC: With this, outside air comes
theinstrumentpanelvents.Thissetting
sunlight.
in through the heater floor vent and
is usefulincoolweatherwithbright
NORM NC: Thissettingcoolstheoutside
NORMassoonasthevehiclehascooleddown,
through your vehicle.
air. If youfirstusedMAX,use
so outsideairwillbegoing
MAX NC: Thiscoolstheairthefastest.Movetheotherleverallthewayto
Cold. MAX lets in only a littleairfromtheoutside.
YoucanuseMAXat
off quickly.
when it’s reallyhotoutsideandyouneedtocool
OFF: Thebloweris off, butairstillwillcomefromoutletsatthefront
to keeptheairatthechosentemperature.
vehicle.Thesystemwilltry
first
ofyour
Engine Block Heater
If youusetheoptionalengineblockheaterbeforestartingyourengine,your
heating system will produce warmer air faster, to heat the passenger
compartment in coldweather.See“EngineBlockHeater”intheIndex.
Audio Systems
I
CAUTION
A
Hearing damage frolm lloud noise is almost undetectable until it is too
late. Your hearing can adapt to higher volmes ofsound. So’und that
seems normal can be loud an’dharmfulltoyourhearing.Jake
precaution’s by adjusting the volume control on your radio to a safe
sound level before your hearing adapts to it.
To help avoid hearing IOSS ordamage:
* Adjustthevolumecontroltothelowestsetting.
Increasevolume SliOWly untilyouhearcomfortablyand
clearlv.
-
-
Your L-.CO@audiosystemhasbeendesignedtooperateeasilyandgive
years of listeningpleasure.Butyou will getthemostenjoymentoutofitif
do
youacquaintyourselfwith it first.FindoutwhatyourDelco@systemcan
and how tooperateall its controls,tobesureyou’regettingthe
mostoutof
theadvancedengineeringthatwentintoit.
3-7
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
FM Stereo
FMstereowillgiveyouthebestsound.ButFMsignalswillreachonlyabout
10 to 40 miles(16 to 65km).And,tallbuildingsorhillscaninterferewith
to comeandgo.
FMsignals,causingthesound
AM
TherangeformostAMstationsisgreaterthanforFM,especiallyatnight.
Thelongerrange,however,cancausestationstointerferewitheachother.
AMcanpickupnoisefromthingslikestormsandpowerlines.Tryreducing
if youevergetit.
thetrebletoreducethisnoise
AM Stereo
C-QUA@
ThismeanstheDelco@systemcanreceiveC-QUAM@stereobroadcasts.
Many AM stationsaroundthecountryuseC-QUAM@toproducestereo,
of Motorola,Inc.)
thoughsome do not.(C-QUAM@isaregisteredtrademark
If yourDelco@systemcangetC-QUAM?your
“STEREO” lightwillcomeon
whenyou’rereceiving it.
3-8
How to Operate Your E T P AM Radio
K4308
This part tellsyouhowyourETR@
AM radio works.
P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand
off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.TheVOLknobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tells you thetime.(Whentheignition
display the time.)
is off, pushtheRECALLknob
It allowsyou to RECALLthefrequencywhen
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrol behind the upperknoballowsyou
therightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknow
to tune in radiostations
3-9
the radio is playing.
to balancethesoundbetween
to
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.Youcansetthe
pushbuttonsfor up to sevenfavorite AM stations.Just:
Tune in thestationyou
want.
PushtheSETpushbutton.
seconds.)
(SET appears in the VF displayforafew
Within 5 seconds,pushoneofthefourpushbuttons
to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstations maybe presetbypressinatwoadjoining
buttons at the same time.
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.
Clock
To set the clock, just:
PushtheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressand
onthedisplay.
PressandholdHRS
hold MlNS until thecorrectminuteappears
until thecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleverup
to increasethetrebleresponse. If thestation is
weakornoisy, slidetheTREBLEleverdown
to reducethenoise.
BASS
SlidetheBASSleverup
to increasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
3-1 0
1
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
System
R
K4309
ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@
AM-FM stereoaudiosystemworks.
P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand
off.
Upper Knob
The upper knob does these two things:
It controlsthevolume.The
VOL knobincreasesvolumewhenrotated
clockwise.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition
is off, pushthe RECALL knobto
display the time.)
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyou
therightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob
to balancethesoundbetween
to tune in radiostations.Push
it toget AM or FM.
FADE
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
rear speakers.
3-1 1
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
SEEK
PresstheSEEKbuttontocausethereceiver
andstop.
to SEEK thenexthigherstation
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgotothenextstationandpauseand
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears
in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn
You cansetthepushbuttonsforup
7 FM). Just:
to favoritestations.
to fourteen favorite stations (7 AM and
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears
seconds.)
in the VF displayforafew
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
Up to threeadditionalstations maybe preset oneach band bypressingtwo
adjoiningbuttonsatthesametime.(Thestationwillreturn
when thesame
twobuttonsarepressed again.)
Clock
To set the clock, just:
PushtheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandhold
onthedisplay.
I
r .
. ..
SEEK untilthecorrectminuteappears
PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
> -
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleverup
to increasethetrebleresponse. If astationis
weak ornoisy,slidetheTREBLEleverdown
to reducethenoise.
BASS
Slide the BASSleveruptoincreasethebassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to giveapleasingsound to yourear.
3-1 2
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System
F
B
-
.
I
K4310
Thispart tells youhowyour
works:
ETR@ AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystem
P WR (Power)
ThePWR button switchestheradio
on and off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.The
rotation.
VOL knobincreasesvolumewithclockwise
is off, pushtheRCLknobto
It tells you the time.(Whentheignition
display the time.)
It allowsyou to heartheotherside
while the cassette is playing.)
of thetape.(PresstheRCLknob
BAL (Balance)
The control behind theupperknoballowsyou
therightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob
to balancethesoundbetween
to tune in radiostations.Push it to get AM orFM.
3-1 3
Comfort Confmls & Audio Systems
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
SEEK
Pressingthe SEEK buttonwillcausethereceivertoSEEKthenexthigher
stationandstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowillgo
to thenextstationandpause,and
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears
in the VF
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturn
to favoritestations. You cansetthe
pushbuttonsforup to fourteenfavoritestations (7 AM and 7 FM).Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappearsintheVFdisplayfor
seconds.)
5
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
.
~
~~.
NOTE:
Inadditiontothefourstationssetasabove,
up to threeadditionalstations
maybepresetoneachbandbypressingtwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthe
sametime.
Tuneinthedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.(SETappears
seconds.)
in the VF displayfor 5
Within 5 seconds,pressanytwoadjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To settheclock,just:
PresstheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
3-1 4
TREBLE
SlidetheTREBLEleveruptoincreasethetrebleresponse.
weakornoisy,slide the TREBLEleverdowntoreduce
If thestationis
the noise.
BASS
SlidetheBASSleverup
to increase the bassresponse.AdjusttheBASS
lever to give a pleasing sound to yourear.
DNP
This is theDynamicNoiseReductionbutton.DNR@helpsremovebackground
hissfromtheradioortapeplayer.
Youmaywant toleaveitpushed
in allthe
time.
DNR@ is aregisteredtrademark of NationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30 to 45 minutes
so thintheymaynotworkwell
long on each side. Tapeslongerthanthatare
inthisplayer.
Oncethetape is playing,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolumebalance
do fortheradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside
of the
andfadejustasyou
tapeisbeingplayed.
Forward
To rapidlyadvancethetape,pressthearrowpointingrightandthetape
rapidlygoforwarduntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly.
will
Reverse
To rapidlyreverse the tape,press the arrowpointingleftandthetapewill
rapidlyreverseuntilyoupresstheSTOP-EJECTbuttonlightly.
PROGRAM
To gofromoneside
knob(Volume).
of thetapetotheother,press
the VOL-BAUPROG-RCL
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe
STOP-EJECT button.
3-1 5
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your ETW AM-FM Stereo Audio
Cassette System With Equalizer
K4311
ThisparttellsyouhowyourETR@
equalizer works.
AM-FM stereoaudiocassettesystemwith
P WR (Power)
The PWR buttonswitchestheradioonand
off.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesethreethings:
It controlsthevolume.
It tellsyouthetime.(Whentheignition
display the time.)
is off, pushtheRCLknob
It allowsyou to heartheotherside
whilethecassette is playing.)
of thetape.(PressthePROGknob
BAL (Balance)
Thecontrolbehindthe
rightandleftspeakers.
Lower Knob
Turnthelowerknob
upperknoballowsyoutobalance
to tuneradiostations.Push
thesoundbetween
it toget AM or FM.
FADE
Thecontrolbehindthelowerknobfadesthesoundbetweenyourfrontand
rear speakers.
3-1 6
to
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK button will cause the receiver to SEEK the, next higher
stationandstop.
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradio
will gotothenextstationandpauseand
will keep scanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.SCANappears
in thegraphic
display.
Pushbuttons
Thefourpushbuttonsletyoureturntofavoritestations.
You can Set the
(7 AM and 7 FM). Just:
pushbuttons for uptofourteenfavoritestations
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.
5 seconds.)
(NOTE: ThedisplaywillshowSET
for about
Withinthe 5 seconds,pushone of thefourpushbuttons.Wheneveryou
pressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
NOTE:
In additiontothefourstationssetasabove,up
to threeadditionalstations
maybepresetoneach
band bypressingtwoadjoiningbuttonsatthesame
time.Just:
Tune in thedesiredstation.
PresstheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressany two adjoiningpushbuttonsatthesametime.
(Thestationwillreturnwhenthesametwobuttonsarepressedagain.)
Clock
To set the clock, just:
PushtheSETpushbutton.
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdSEEKuntilthecorrectminuteappears
onthedisplay.
PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
Adjust The Tone
Use theleversintheupperleftcorner
to setthebass,midrange,andtreble
60 and 250 leversadjustthebass;
until you getthesoundyouwant.The
is midrange;and 3.5K and 10K controlthetreble.
We suggestyoustartwiththecenterlever
movetheothersupuntilyougettheamount
3-1 7
(IK) in themidpointposition,then
of bassandtrebleyoulike.
1K
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Am-St Button
TheAm-Stis justbelowthe PWR button.Pushthiswhenyoutune
to an
AM stationthatbroadcastsinstereo.
YourSTEREOlight will comeonwhen
it
you’rereceiving AM stereo.IfyoupushAm-Standthereisnomorenoise,
meansthestationisweak.You’llhearthestationbetter
if youdon’tuse
to deletestereo.
Am-St.JustpushtheAm-Stbuttonagain
LOUD
Theloudnessbuttonisnext
sound.
to the PWR button.Push it togetmorebass
DNP
Your audio systemhasautomaticDynamicNoiseReduction.Ithelpsremove
backgroundhissnoisefromtheradioortapeplayer.
DNR@isaregisteredtrademark
of theNationalSemiconductorCorporation.
To Play A Cassette
Your tape player is built to work best with tapes that are
30 to 45 minutes
longoneachside.Tapeslongerthanthat
are so thin they maynotworkwell
in this player.
Oncethetapeisplaying,usetheupperandlowerknobsforvolume,balance
andfade,justasyou
did forradio.Thearrowsindicatewhichside
of the
tape is beingplayed.
Cr02
The Cr02 button lets yousetthesystemforthetype
of cassettebeingused.
If youareusingchromeormetaltapes,pushthe
Cr02 buttonin.
FWD (Forward)
To rapidlyadvancethetape,press
FWD, andthetapewillrapidlygoforward
until youpressthe REV buttonlightly.
REV (Reverse)
To rapidlyreversethetape,pressREV,andthetapewillrapidlyreverseuntil
youpressthe W D button lightly.
SEARCH
PushtheSEARCHbutton
to theright.(The
ON lightwillcomeon.)
Push FWD to go to the beginning of thenextselection.
PushREVwiththeSEARCH ON light lit, andthetapewillreverse
beginning of the current selection.
3-1 8
to the
PROGRAM
To gofromonesideofthetape
to theother,presstheupperknob.
EJECT
To removethetapeorstopthetapeandswitchtoradio,pressthe
button.
EJECT
A tapeplayerthatisnotcleanedregularlycancausereducedsoundquality,
ruinedcassettes, or a damagedmechanism.Cassettetapesshouldbestored
If
in theircasesawayfromcontaminants,directsunlight,andextremeheat.
they aren't, they may not operate properly or cause failure
of thetapeplayer.
15
Your tapeplayershouldbecleanedregularlyeachmonthorafterevery
hours ofuse. If younoticeareduction in soundquality, try aknowngood
If this other cassette
cassette to seeifthetapeorthetapeplayerisatfault.
hasnoimprovement in soundquality,cleanthetapeplayer.
Cleanyourcassettetapeplayerwithawiping-action,non-abrasivecleaning
it.
cassette,andfollowthedirectionsprovidedwith
Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound quality may degrade over time.
Alwaysmakesurethatthecassettetape
is in good condition before you
have your tape player serviced.
3-1 9
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
How to Operate Your E T P AM-FM Stereo Audio Compact
Disc (CD) System
KO596
This part tells youhowyourETR@
AM-FM stereosystemworks:
P WR (Power)
ThePWR buttonswitchestheradioonand
off when theignitionison.
Upper Knob
Theupperknobdoesthesetwothings:
Itcontrolsthevolume.VolumewillincreasewhentheVOLknob
is
turnedclockwiseanddecreasewhenturnedcounterclockwise.Volumewill
bedisplayedbrieflyunlessthe
LeWRightspeakercontrol,Rear/Front
speaker control, BASS or TREB are adjusted.
It controlsthemutefeature.
By pressingthe MUTE knob, allsoundfrom
theradioor CD playerstops.Bypressingtheknobagain,orbyturning
theVOLknobclockwise,soundwillbeginagain.
LeWRight Speaker Control
Thecontrolbehindtheupperknoballowsyoutobalancethesoundbetween
therightandleftspeakers.Balancewillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthis
control.
Lower Knob
Thelowerknobdoesthesetwothings:
It enablesyou to tune in differentradiostationsbyturningtheknob
clockwise or counterclockwise.
3-20
It enablesyoutoalternatebetween
AM and FM stationsbypressingthe
BANDknob. Your selectionwillbebrieflydisplayed.
RearIFront Speaker Control
The control behind the lower knob fades the sound between your front and
will be brieflydisplayed.
rearspeakers.Fadelevels
SEEK
Pressing the SEEK b button will cause the receiver
stationandstop.
to seekthenexthigher
Pressingthe 4 SEEKbuttonwillcausethereceiver
stationandstop.
to seekthenextlower
SCAN
WhenyoupressSCAN,theradiowill
go tothenextstationandpause,and
SC willbedisplayedwhen
willkeepscanninguntilyoupressSCANagain.
usingthiscontrol.
Pushbuttons
Thefivepushbuttonsletyoureturn
whenyouplayadisc.(See“ToPlay
To setthepushbuttonsforup
to favoritestations.Theyarealsoused
A CompactDisc”.)
to tenfavoritestations
(5 AM and 5 FM):
Tuneinthedesiredstation.
* Pushthe SET button.(SETisdisplayedbriefly.)
Within 5 seconds,pushone of thefivepushbuttons to storethestation.
Wheneveryoupressthatbutton,thepresetstationwillreturn.
Clock
To settheclock,just:
off.
Within 5 seconds,pressandholdeitherSEEK b toincreasetheminutesor 4 SEEKtodecreasetheminutesuntilthecorrectminute
appearsonthedisplay.
PressandholdSCANuntilthecorrecthourappearsonthedisplay.
PresstheSETpushbutton.
The radiomaybeonor
RCL
PresstheRCLbutton to alternatebetweentimeandradiostationonthe
off toseethetime.
display.RCLmaybepressedwhentheignitionis
3-21
BASS
PresstheBASS A toincreasebasstonesand
V BASStodecreasebass
tones.Pressthecenter of thecontrolforapresetBASSposition.Thebass
levelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
TREBLE
Press the TREB A to increase the treble tones and
V TREB to decrease
thetrebletones.Pressthecenter
ofthecontrolforapresetTREBposition.
Thetreblelevelwillbedisplayedbrieflywhenusingthiscontrol.
To PIay A Compact Disc (CD):
NOTICE
Insertadiscpartwayintotheslot,labelsideup.Theplayerwillpull
Wait a fewsecondsandthediscshouldplay.
it in.
If the disc comes back out, check whether:
0
Thediscisupsidedown.
It isdirty,scratched,orwet.
Too muchmoistureisin
again.)
,
(Ifthereis,waitaboutonehour
the! air.
and try
RCL
Press RCL toseewhattrackisplaying.Press
it againwithin 5 secondsto
seehowlong it hasbeenplaying.Thetracknumberalsoappearswhenyou
changethevolumeorwhenanewtrackstartstoplay.
COMP
Pressthe COMP buttontomake soft andloudpassagesmorenearlyequal
involume. COMP appearsinthedisplaywhileusingthiscommand.
RDM
TheRDMbuttonmeansrandomandwhen
it ispressed, it causesthe CD
mechanism to playthetracksinarandomorderratherthaninthesequential
1, 2, 3 order.
3-22
REV
Pressand hold the REV button to quicklyreturn to afavoritepassage.The
counterreadingwillbedisplayed
when using this control.
FWD
Press and hold the
button to advancequicklywithinatrack.Release
to resumeplaying.Watchthedisplay
to stopataspecificpassage.
it
SCAN
PressSCAN to sampleeachtrackforapproximately
10 seconds.Scanning
willcontinueuntilthe RDM, SCANor anyothermotionbuttonispressed
again.
PREV
If you hold the PREV (4 SEEK)button, or press it morethanonce,thedisc
will return to previoustracks.
NEXT
PressNEXT(SEEK b) to hear thenexttracknowinstead
of waitinguntilthe
presenttrack is finished. If you hold this button or press it morethanonce,
thediscwilladvancefurther.
ST-PL
PressST-PL(Stop-Play) to makethediscstopandtheradioplay.Press
ST-PL again to restartthediscatthepointwhere
it stopped.
Press PWR or turn theignitionkey off to stopthediscplayer.Thediscstays
in theplayerandwillresumeplayingatthepointwhere
it stopped.
PressEJECT to eject the discandmaketheradioplay.Thediscwillstartat
tract 1 whenyoureinsert it.
Anti-Theft Feature
Delco LOC ll@is anAnti-Theftfeaturefor the compactdiscplayer.Itcanbe
If it isused,your
usedorignored.Ifignored,thesystemplaysnormally.
player won’t beusable if it iseverstolen,because it won’t turn on.
Theinstructionsbelow tell youhow to enterasecretcodeintothesystem.
yourcarlosesbatterypowerforanyreason,youmustunlockthesystemwith
thesecretcodebeforetheradiowill
turn on.
To Lock The System:
1. Writedownany
6 digitnumberandkeep
it in asafeplace.
2.Turn the ignition to the“Accessory”or“Run”position.
3. Pressthe PWR button to turntheradio
3-23
off.
If
Comfort Contmls & Audio Systems
4. Pressthe 1 and 4 buttonstogether. Hold themdownuntil
“-
-
-”
shows
onthedisplay.
Youarenowready
to enteryoursecretcode.Don’twaitmorethan
secondsbetween steps.
15
5. Press SET and 000 willappearonthedisplay.
6. PresstheSEEK b buttontomakethefirstnumberappear.
7. RotatetheTUNEknobrightorlefttomakethelasttwonumbersagree
with your code.
8. PressBANDand 000 willappearagain.Nowyouarereadytoenterthe
last three digits ofyourcode.
9.Repeatsteps
6 and 7 forthelastthreedigits
IO. PressBANDandrEPwillappearfor
ofyourcode.
5 secondsandthen
000 will
appear.
11. Repeatsteps6through
theradioissecure.
10. ThistimeSECwillappear-indicatingthat
To Unlock The System Afier A Power Loss
Whenbatterypowerisreapplied
to asecuredradio,theradiowon’t
andLOCwillappearonthedisplay.
Enteryoursecretcodeasfollows:pausenomorethan
steps.
turn on
15 secondsbetween
1. Turn theignition on.(Radio off.)
2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow
000.
3. Enterthe six digits of thecodefollowingsteps6-9above.Thedisplay
willshowthenumbersasentered.
4. DepresstheBANDknobandthetimeappears-indicatingthatthe
disablingsequencewassuccessful. If thedisplayindicatesSEC,the
numbersdidnotmatchandtheunitisstillsecured.
Disabling The Theft System
1. Depresspresets 1 and 4 for 5 secondswithignitiononandradiopower
off. ThedisplaywillshowSEC,indicatingtheunit
2. DepresstheSETbutton.Thedisplaywillshow
3. Enterthefirstthreedigits
is in thesecuremode.
000.
of thecodefollowingsteps 6 and 7 of the
precedingparagraphs.Thedisplaywill show thenumbersasentered.
3-24
4. DepresstheBANDknob.Theradiowilldisplay
5. Enterthesecondthreedigits
numbersasentered.
000.
ofthecode.Thedisplaywillshowthe
"- -
6. DepresstheBANDknob.
If thedisplayshows
-", thedisabling
sequencewassuccessful.Thenumbersmatchedtheuser-selectedcode
If
orthefactoryback-upcodeandtheunitisintheUNSECUREDmode.
thedisplayshows SEC, thedisablingsequencewasunsuccessfuland
of thecodes a n d . the .unit will rema-in
thenumbersdidnotmatcheither
intheSECUREDmode.
Care of Your Compact Disc
KO557
Handlediscscarefully.Storethem
in theiroriginalcasesorotherprotective
If thesurface of adiscis
casesandawayfromdirectsunlightanddust.
soiled,dampenaclean,softclothinamild,neutraldetergentsolutionand
clean it, wiping from the center to theedge.
Besurenevertotouchthesignalsurfacewhenhandlingdiscs.Pickupdiscs
of the hole and the outer edge.
bygraspingtheouteredgesortheedge
3-25
Comfort Controls & Audio Systems
Fixed Mast Antenna
Thefixedmastantennacanwithstandmostcarwasheswithout
being
damaged. If themastshouldeverbecomeslightlybent,youcanstraighten
out by hand. If themast is badlybent,asitmightbebyvandals,youshould
replaceit.
Checkeveryonce
fender.
in awhile to besurethemastis
L
3-26
still tiahtened to the
it
Your Driving and the Road
.
Section
Hereyou’llfindinformationaboutdrivingondifferentkinds
ofroads and in
varying weather conditions . We’ve also included many other useful tips on
driving.
Road Signs ............................................................................................................
4-2
Defensive Driving .................................................................................................. 4-8
4-9
Drunken Driving .....................................................................................................
4-12
Control of a Vehicle ............................................................................................
4-12
Braking..............................................................................................................
Steering Tips .................................................................................................... 4-18
Steering in Emergencies................................................................................. 4-18
4-20
Passing .............................................................................................................
Loss of Control ................................................................................................
4-22
Off-Road Driving With Your Four-wheel Drive Vehicle ....................................4-23
4-34
Driving at Night ...................................................................................................
Driving in the Rain.............................................................................................. 4-37
4-39
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze ..........................................................................
4-41
City Driving ..........................................................................................................
4-42
Freeway Driving...................................................................................................
Driving a Long Distance ..................................................................................... 4-44
4-46
Hill and Mountain Roads ....................................................................................
4-48
Parking on Hills ...................................................................................................
4-51
Winter Driving ......................................................................................................
Recreational Vehicle Towing (Four-wheel Drive Only) .................................... 4-54
Towing a Trailer ................................................................................................... 4-56
4-1
Your Driving and the Road
Road Signs
Theroadsignsyouseeeverywherearecodedbycolor,shapeandsymbols.
It's agoodidea to knowthesecodes so that you can quickly grasp the basic
meaningorintent of thesignevenbeforeyouhaveachance
to read it.
.-.
..
Color of Road Signs
mM402001
REDmeans S-IP. It may alsoindicatethatsomemovement
Examplesare DO NOT ENTERandWRONG WAY.
is notallowed.
YELLOWindicatesageneralwarning.Slowdownandbecarefulwhenyou
seeayellowsign.Itmaysignalarailroadcrossingahead,ano-passing
zone, or someotherpotentiallydangeroussituation.Likewise,ayellowsolid
linepaintedontheroadmeans"Don't
Cross."
,
-
..
, .
.. .
.
r
I
-
.
c-
i
4-2
AM402003
ORANGEindicatesroadconstructionormaintenance.You’llwant
to slow
of theroadmaybeclosed
off
downwhenyouseeanorangesign,aspart
ortornup,Andtheremaybeworkersandmaintenancevehiclesaround,too.
GREENisused to guidethedriver.Greensignsmayindicateupcoming
freewayexitsorshowthedirectionyoushouldturntoreachaparticular
place.
IBLUE signswithwhitelettersshowmotorists’services.
4-3
-
-
-
Your Driving
and the Road
-
I
AM402006
or points of historic or cultural
BROWN signs point out recreation areas
interest.
Shape of Road Signs
Theshape of the sign will tell yousomething,too.
AM402007
AnOCTAGONAL (eight-sided)signmeans STOP. I t isalwaysredwithwhite
letters.
ADIAMOND-shapedsignisawarning
of somethingahead-forexample,
end of a divided highway,acurve,steep hill, soft shoulder, oranarrow
bridge.
4-4
the
AM402009
ATRIANGLE pointed downward,indicatesYIELD.
to trafficoncertainapproachestoanintersection.
ATRIANGULARsignalsoisusedon
PASSINGZONE. Thissignwillbe
It assignstheright-of-way
two-laneroads to indicateaNO
on theleftside of theroadway.
.
~.~
AM40201 1
RECTANGULAR (square or oblong)signsshowspeedlimits,parking
to cities.
regulations,givedirections,andsuchinformationasdistances
4-5
Your Driving and the Road
Symbols on Road Signs
Therearemanyinternationalroadsigns
in usetoday.
I
AM40201 2
Thebasicmessage of many of thesesigns is in picturesorgraphicsymbols.
A picture within a circle with a
Cliagonal lineacross it showswhat NOT to do.
r
I
AM40201 3
Traffic Lights
I
AM40201 4
We’re allfamiliarwithtrafficlightsorstoplights.Often,greenarrows
are being
used in thelightsforimprovedtrafficcontrol.Onsomemultilaneroads,green
arrowslightup,indicatingthattrafficinone
ormorelanes can moveormake
You’ll stillneed to
aturn.Greenarrowsdon’tmean“gonomatterwhat”.
proceedwithcaution,yieldingtheright
of wayto pedestriansandsometimes
toothervehicles.
4-6
Sometrafficlightsalsouseredarrows
turningonred.
to signifythatyoumuststopbefore
Manycityroadsandexpressways,andevenbridges,usereversible-lane
A red X lightabove a lanemeansnodriving
trafficcontrolduringrushhours.
in thatlaneatthattime.Agreenarrowmeansyou
may drive in thatlane.
Lookforthesignsposted
to warndriverswhathoursanddaysthese
systemsare in effect.
AM402015
Pavement Markings
AM402016
Pavementmarkingsadd to trafficsignsandsignals.Theygiveinformation
to
drivers without taking attention from the roadway. A solid yellow line onyour
side of theroad or lane means“don’tcross.”
Your Own Signals
Driverssignal to others,too.It’snotonlymorepolite,it’ssafer
to letother
driversknowwhatyouaredoing.And
in someplaces the lawrequiresdriver
signals.
-
4-7
Your Driving and the Road
c.
-.
.. .
Turnandlanechangesignals:Alwayssignalwhenyouplantoturnor
changelanes.
If necessary,youcanusehandsignalsoutthewindow:Leftarmstraightout
for a left turn, down for slow or about-to-stop, and
upforarightturn.
Slowingdown: If timeallows,tapthebrakepedalonceortwice
of slowing orstopping.Thiswarnsthedriverbehindyou.
in advance
Disabled: Your four-way flashers signal that your vehicle is disabled
hazard.See“HazardWarningFlasher’’
in theIndex.
or is a
Traffic Officer
The traffic police officer is also a source
of important information. The officer’s
signalsgovern,nomatterwhatthetrafficlightsorothersignssay.
Thenextpartdiscussessome
of theroadconditionsyoumayencounter.
Defensive Driving
Thebestadviceanyonecangiveaboutdrivingis:Drivedefensively.
Please start with a very important safety device
(See“SafetyBelts” in the Index.)
in yourvehicle:Buckleup.
Defensivedrivingreallymeans“bereadyforanything.”Oncitystreets,rural
roads,orfreeways, it means“alwaysexpecttheunexpected.”
Assumethatpedestriansorotherdriversaregoing
to be careless and make
do. Bereadyfortheirmistakes.
mistakes. Anticipate what they might
Expectchildren to dashoutfrombehindparkedcars,oftenfollowedbyother
children.Expectoccupantsinparkedcars
to opendoorsintotraffic.Watchfor
movement in parkedcars-someonemaybeabouttoopenadoor.
Expectotherdrivers to runstopsigns.whenyouareonathroughstreet.Be
ready to brake if necessaryasyougothroughintersections.Youmaynot
do, you will be ready.
have to usethebrake,butifyou
If you’re driving through a shopping center parking
lot wherethereare
well-markedlanes,directionalarrows,anddesignatedparkingareas,expect
some drivers to ignore all thesemarkingsanddashstraighttowardonepart
of the lot.
Pedestrianscanbecareless.Watchforthem.Ingeneral,youmustgiveway
topedestrianseven if youknowyouhavetherightofway.
Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable
ofaccidents.Yettheyare
common.Allowenoughfollowingdistance.It’sthebestdefensivedriving
4-8
maneuver,inbothcityandruraldriving.Youneverknowwhenthevehiclein
front ofyou isgoing to brakeorturnsuddenly.
Here’safinalbitofinformationaboutdefensivedriving.Themostdangerous
U.S. is veryearlyonSundaymorning.Infact,
GM
timefordrivinginthe
Research studies show that the most and the least dangerous times for
driving,everyweek,fallonthesame
day. ThatdayisSunday.Themost
dangeroustimeisSundayfrom3a.m.to4
a.m. ThesafesttimeisSunday
3 a.m.
from 10 a.m.to 11 a.m.DrivingthesamedistanceonaSundayat
isn’tjusta little moredangerousthan it isat 10 a.m. It’sabout134times
moredangerous!Thatleadstothenextpart.
Drunken Driving
Deathandinjuryassociatedwithdrinkinganddrivingisanationaltragedy.It’s
thenumberonecontributortothehighwaydeathtoll,claimingthousands
victimseveryyear.Alcoholtakesawaythreethingsthatanyoneneedsto
drive a vehicle:
of
Judgment
0
MuscularCoordination
Vision
Policerecordsshowthathalf
of allmotorvehicle-relateddeathsinvolve
alcohol-adriver,
apassengerorsomeoneelse,suchasapedestrian,had
beendrinking.Inmostcases,thesedeathsaretheresult
of someonewho
25,000 motorvehicle-relateddeathsoccur
wasdrinkinganddriving.Over
of peopleareinjured.
eachyearbecauseofalcohol,andthousands
if apersonplanstodrive?Ideally,no
Justhowmuchalcoholistoomuch
if onedoes,thenwhat’s“too
oneshoulddrinkalcoholandthendrive.But
it dependsoneach
much’’can bealotlessthanmanymightthink.Although
personandsituation,hereissomegeneralinformationontheproblem.
TheBloodAlcoholContent(BAC)ofsomeonewhoisdrinkingdependsupon
four things:
Howmuchalcohol
is inthedrink.
Thedrinker’sbodyweight.
Theamountoffoodthatisconsumedbeforeandduringdrinking.
Thelength of timeithastakenthedrinkertoconsumethealcohol.
4-9
Your Driving and the Road
. .
.
I
.
i
.
.
.-
t
AM407001
I
f
AM407002
According to theAmericanMedicalAssociation,a180-pound(82kg)person
who drinksthree12-ounce (355 ml) bottles ofbeer in anhourwillendup
witha BACofabout 0.06 percent.ThepersonwouldreachthesameBAC
threemixeddrinks
bydrinkingthree4-ounce (120ml) glassesofwineor
eachhad 1 4 2 ounces (45 ml) of aliquorlike whiskey,ginorvodka.
if
if thesamepersondrank
It's theamount of alcoholthatcounts.Forexample,
the
threedoublemartinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquoreach)withinanhour,
food
person'sBAC would beclose to 0.12 percent.Apersonwhoconsumes
justbefore or duringdrinkingwillhaveaslightlylower
BAC level.
. .. .
..
.
.
- -.
-
.
-
4-1 0
Thelaw in most US. statessetsthelegallimitata
BACof 0.10 percent. In
Canada the limit is 0.08 percent,and in someothercountriesit’slowerthan
that.The BAC willbeover 0.10 percentafterthree to sixdrinks(inone
it d’ependsonhowmuch’alcohol
is in the
hour). Of course,aswe’veseen,
drinks,andhowquicklythepersondrinksthem.
“I’ll becareful’’isn’tthe right.answer.What if there’sanemergency,aneed.
to takesuddenaction,aswhenachilddartsintothestreet?Apersonwitha
higherBACmightnotbeable
to reactquicklyenough to avoid thecollision.
There’ssomethingelseaboutdrinkinganddrivingthatmanypeopledon’t
know. Medicalresearchshowsthatalcohol
in aperson’ssystemcanmake
crash injuries worse. That’s .especially true for brain, spinal
cord. and heart
injuries.Thatmeansthat if anyonewhohasbeendrinking-driveror
passenger-is in a. crash,thechance of being killed or permanentlydisabled
ishigherthan if thatpersonhadnotbeendrinking.Andwe’vealreadyseen
thatthechance of acrashitselfishigherfordrinkingdrivers.
1 CAUTION
-
i
Drinkingandthendrivingis
verydangerous.Yourreflexes,percepof altotions,andjudgmentwillbeaffected
byevenasmallamount
’- ’. You couldhaveaserious-orevenfatal-accident
if you drive
anerdrinking.Pleasedon’tdrinkanddriveorridewithadriverwho
has beendrinking.Ridehome in acab;or if you’rewithagroup,
designate
driver
a
who
will
not
drink.
-
I
4-1 1-
Your Driving and the Road
Control of a Vehicle
AM409005
You havethreesystemsthatmakeyourvehiclegowhereyouwant
it togo.
Theyarethebrakes,thesteeringandtheaccelerator.Allthreesystemshave
to do their workat theplaceswherethetiresmeettheroad.
to askmoreof
Sometimes,aswhenyou’redrivingonsnoworice,it’seasy
thosecontrolsystemsthanthetiresandroadcanprovide.Thatmeansyou
can lose control of yourvehicle.
Braking
Brakingactioninvolvesperceptiontimeandreactiontime.
First,youhave to decidetopushonthebrakepedal.That’sperception
time.Thenyouhavetobringupyourfootanddoit.That’sreactiontime.
Averagereactiontime is about 314 of asecond.Butthat’sonlyanaverage.
I t mightbelesswith one driverandaslong astwoorthreesecondsor
morewithanother.Age,physicalcondition,alertness,coordination,and
in 3/4
eyesight all playapart. So do alcohol,drugsandfrustration.Buteven
of asecond,avehiclemovingat
60 mph (100 km/h)travels 66 feet (20 m).
That could bea lot of distance in anemergency, so keepingenoughspace
betweenyourvehicleandothers
is important.
And, of course, actualstoppingdistancesvarygreatlywiththesurface
road(whetherit’spavementorgravel);theconditionoftheroad(wet,
icy);tiretread;andthecondition
ofyourbrakes.
of the
dry,
Mostdriverstreattheirbrakeswithcare.Some,however,overworkthe
brakingsystemwithpoordrivinghabits.
Avoidneedlessheavybraking.Somepeopledrive
in spurts-heavy
accelerationfollowedbyheavy braking-rather thankeepingpacewith
to cool
traffic. This is amistake.Yourbrakesmaynothavetime
if you do a
betweenhardstops. Your brakeswillwearoutmuchfaster
lot ofheavybraking.
Don’t“ride”thebrakesby
pedalwhiledriving.
I
letting yourleftfootrestlightly
on thebrake
“Riding”yourbrakescancausethem
to overheat to the point that
theywon’tworkwell.Youmightnotbe
abletostopyourvehicle
in
so
time to avoidanaccident. If you“ride”yourbrakes,theywillget
hottheywillrequirealot
of pedalforce to slowyoudown.Avoid
“riding”thebrakes.
NOTICE
4-1 3
-
Your Driving and the Road
Ifyoukeeppacewiththetrafficandallowrealisticfollowingdistances,you
willeliminatea lot ofunnecessarybraking.Thatmeansbetterbrakingand
longerbrakelife.
a
If yourengineever stops whileyou’redriving,brakenormallybutdon’t
pumpyour brakes. Ifyou do, thepedal maygetharder to pushdown.If
yourenginestops,youwillstillhavesomepowerbrakeassist.Butyou
is usedup, it may
willuse it whenyoubrake.Oncethepowerassist
to push.
takelonger to stop andthebrakepedalwillbeharder
E
Antilock Brakes (ABS)
Your vehiclehasanadvancedelectronicbrakingsysremthatcanhelpyou
keep it undercontrol.
I
AM415003
Here’showantilockworks.Let’ssaytheroad
is wet.You’re drivingsafely.
Suddenlyananimaljumpsout
in front ofyou.
Youslamon
thebrakes.Here’swhathappenswith
ABS.
A computersensesthatarearwheel
is slowing down.Thecomputerworks
thebrakes at therearwheels. It is programmed to makethemostof
availabletireandroadconditions.
4-1 4
t
1
AM41 5013
As youbrake,yourcomputerkeepsreceivingupdates
speed-and controlsbrakingpressureaccordingly.
antilock
on rearwheel
Antilock doesn't change the time you need to get your foot u8pto the
brake pedal. If you get too clloise to the vehicle in front of you, you
won? have time to apply your brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows
or stops.Always leave enough room ulp ahead to stop,even thouglh
you have
I
To Use Antilock
Userearwheelantilocklikeregularbrakes.
Youmay feelthebrakesvibrate,
oryoumaynoticesomenoiseoutsideyourvehicle,butthisisnormal.Let
antilockworkforyou,butremember:
Your frontwheelscan still stoprolling. If
thathappens,releaseenoughpressureonthebrakes
to getthewheels
rollingagain so thatyoucansteer.
Withthefour-wheeldriveoptionyouwon'thaveantilockbrakingwhenyou
shiftintofour-wheeldrive.Butyouwillhaveregularbraking.Whenyoushift
backintotwo-wheeldrive,youwillhaveantilockagain.
4-1 5
Your Driving and the Road
Brake System Warning Light
Standard Cluster
Digital Cluster
This light appears on your instrument cluster
to warnyou if your regular
brakingsystemneedsservice. If yourvehiclehasrearwheelantilockbrakes,
thislightwill also warn youabouttrouble in thatsystem. It willalsolight if
yourparkingbrakeisnotfullydisengaged.SeetheIndexunder“Brake
SystemWarningLight.”
Disc Brake Wear Indicators
Your vehiclehasfrontdiscbrakesandrear
drumbrakes.Discbrakepads
havebuilt-inwearindicatorsthatmakeahigh-pitchedwarningsoundwhen
thebrakepadsarewornandnewpadsareneeded.Thesoundmaycome
and goorbeheardallthetimeyourvehicleismoving(exceptwhenyouare
pushingonthebrakepedalfirmly).
Thebrakewearwarningsoundmeansthatsoonerorlateryour
brakeswon’tworkwell.Thatcouldlead
to anaccident.Whenyo
hearthebrakewearwarningsound,haveyourvehicleserviced.
I
NOTICE
>ontinuing ti
epair.
e with worn-out bra1
could
sult in lstly brake
Somedrivingconditionsorclimatesmaycauseabrakesquealwhenthe
brakesarefirstappliedorlightlyapplied.Thisdoesnotmeansomethingis
wrongwithyourbrakes.
Rear Drum Brakes
Yourreardrumbrakesdon’thavethewearindicators,butifyoueverheara
rearbrakerubbingnoise,havetherearbrakeliningsinspected.Also,therear
brakedrumsshouldberemovedandinspectedeachtimethetiresare
removedforrotationorchanging.Whenyouhavethefrontbrakesreplaced,
havetherearbrakesinspected,too.
Brakeliningsshouldalwaysbereplacedascompleteaxlesets.
Brake Pedal Travel
Seeyourdealer if thebrakepedaldoesnotreturntonormalheight,orif
thereisarapidincreaseinpedaltravel.Thiscouldbeasign
of brake
trouble.
Brake Adjustment
Every time you make a brake stop, your disc brakes adjust for
wear. If your
brakepedalgoesdownfartherthannormal,yourreardrumbrakesmayneed
adjustment.Adjustthembybackingupandfirmlyapplyingthebrakesafew
times.
Braking In Emergencies
At some time, nearly every driver gets into
a situation that requires hard
braking. You havetherearwheelantilockbrakingsystem.
Your frontwheels
canstoprollingwhenyoubrakeveryhard.Oncetheydo,thevehiclecan’t
it in whateverdirection it was
respondtoyoursteering.Momentumwillcarry
headedwhenthefrontwheelsstoppedrolling.Thatcouldbeofftheroad,
into the very thing you were trying
to avoid,or into traffic.
So, usea“squeeze”brakingtechnique.Thiswillgiveyoumaximumbraking
whilemaintainingsteeringcontrol. Youdo this by pushingonthebrakepedal
withsteadilyincreasingpressure.Whenyoudo,
it willhelpmaintainsteering
control.Inmanyemergencies,steeringcanhelpyoumorethaneventhevery
bestbraking.
Steering
Power Steering
If youlosepowersteeringassistbecausetheenginestopsorthesystem
it willtakemuchmoreeffort.
failstofunction,youcansteerbut
4-1 7
Your Driving and the Road
Steering Tips
Driving on Curves
It’simportant to takecurvesatareasonablespeed.
A lot of the“driverlostcontrol”accidentsmentionedonthenewshappenon
curves.Here’swhy:
Experienceddriverorbeginner,each
ofus is subject to thesamelawsof
physics when driving on curves. The traction of thetiresagainsttheroad
surfacemakesitpossibleforthevehicle
to changeitspathwhenyou
turn
thefront wheels. If there’snotraction,inertia will keepthevehiclegoing in
the same direction. If you’veevertriedtosteeravehicleonwetice,you’ll
understandthis.
Thetractionyoucanget
in acurvedependsontheconditionofyourtires
andtheroadsurface,theangleat
which thecurveisbanked,andyour
speed.Whileyou’re in acurve,speed is theonefactoryoucancontrol.
Supposeyou’resteeringthroughasharpcurve.Thenyousuddenlyapplythe
brakes.Bothcontrolsystems-steeringandbraking-have
to dotheirwork
wherethetiresmeettheroad.Addingthehardbrakingcandemand
too
muchatthoseplaces. You canlosecontrol.The same thingcanhappen if
you’resteeringthroughasharpcurveandyousuddenlyaccelerate.Those
twocontrol systems-steeringandacceleration-canoverwhelmthose
places
wherethetiresmeettheroadandmakeyoulosecontrol.
Whatshouldyou do if thiseverhappens?Letuponthebrakeoraccelerator
pedal, steer the vehicle the wayyouwant it to go, andslowdown.
Speedlimitsignsnearcurveswarnthatyoushouldadjustyourspeed.Of
course,thepostedspeedsarebasedongoodweatherandroadconditions.
Under less favorable conditions you’ll want
to goslower.
If youneed to reduceyourspeedasyouapproachacurve,
do it beforeyou
enter the curve, while your front
wheels are straight ahead. Try to adjust your
speed so youcan“drive”throughthecurve.Maintainareasonable,steady
speed.Wait to accelerateuntilyouareout
of thecurve,andthenaccelerate
gently into thestraightaway.
Whenyoudriveintoacurveatnight,it’sharder
youbecauseitbendsawayfromthestraightbeams
one good reason to drive slower.
to seetheroadahead of
ofyourlights. This is
Steering in Emergencies
Therearetimeswhensteeringcanbemoreeffectivethanbraking.For
example,youcomeovera
hill andfindatruckstoppedin
yourlane,ora
4-1 %
carsuddenly pulls outfromnowhere,ora
child dartsoutfrombetween
parkedcarsandstopsright
in front ofyou.You canavoidtheseproblemsby
braking-if youcanstop in time.Butsometimesyoucan’t;thereisn’troom.
That’sthetimeforevasiveaction-steeringaroundtheproblem.
Your vehiclecanperformverywell
in emergencieslikethese.Firstapplyyour
brakes,butnotenough to lockyourfrontwheels.
It is better to removeasmuchspeedasyoucanfromapossiblecollision.
Thensteeraroundtheproblem,
to theleft or rightdependingonthespace
available.
KO444
Anemergencylikethisrequirescloseattentionandaquickdecision.Ifyou
9 and 3 o’clockpositions,
are holdingthesteeringwheelattherecommended
youcan turn it a full 180 degreesveryquicklywithoutremovingeitherhand.
Butyouhave to act fast, steer quickly, and just as quickly straighten the
wheelonceyouhaveavoidedtheobject.
Youmustthenbepreparedtosteer
back to youroriginal lane andthenbrake to acontrolledstop.
Dependingonyourspeed,thiscanberatherviolentforanunprepareddriver.
Thisisone of thereasonsdrivingexpertsrecommendthatyouuseyour
safetybeltsandkeep both handson the steering wheel.
Thefactthatsuchemergencysituationsarealwayspossible
to practicedefensivedrivingat all times.
Off-Road Recovery
Youmay find sometimethatyourrightwheelshavedropped
a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.
is agoodreason
off theedge of
Your Driving and the Road
AM428003
If thelevel of theshoulderisonlyslightlybelowthepavement,recovery
if thereisnothingin
shouldbefairlyeasy.Easeofftheacceleratorandthen,
ofthepavement.You
theway,steer so thatyourvehiclestraddlestheedge
114 turnuntiltherightfronttirecontacts
canturnthesteeringwheelupto
thepavementedge.Thenturnyoursteeringwheeltogostraightdownthe
roadway.
If theshoulderappears to beaboutfourinches (100 mm)ormorebelowthe
If thereisnotenoughroomto
pavement,thisdifferencecancauseproblems.
pullentirelyontotheshoulderandstop,thenfollowthesameprocedures.But
if therighttirescrubsagainstthesideofthepavement,doNOTsteermore
sharply.Withtoomuchsteeringangle,thevehiclemayjumpbackontothe
roadwith so muchsteeringinputthat it crossesoverintotheoncomingtraffic
off againonthe
beforeyoucanbringitbackundercontrol.Instead,ease
try
acceleratorandsteeringinput,straddlethepavementoncemore,then
again.
Passing
Thedriver of avehicleabouttopassanotheronatwo-lanehighwaywaits
forjusttherightmoment,accelerates,movesaroundthevehicleahead,then
A simplemaneuver?
goesbackintotherightlaneagain.
Not necessarily!Passinganothervehicleonatwo-lanehighwayisa
potentiallydangerousmove,sincethepassingvehicleoccupiesthesamelane
A miscalculation,anerrorin
asoncomingtrafficforseveralseconds.
judgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or anger can suddenly put the
passing driver face to face with the worst
of alltrafficaccidents-thehead-on
collision.
4-20
So herearesometipsforpassing:
“Driveahead.”Lookdowntheroad,tothesides,andtocrossroadsfor
If youhaveanydoubt
situationsthatmightaffectyourpassingpatterns.
whatsoeveraboutmakingasuccessfulpass,waitforabettertime.
e
Watchfortrafficsigns,pavementmarkings,andlines.
If youcanseea
signupaheadthatmightindicateaturnoranintersection,delayyour
to pass
pass. A brokencenterlineusually.indicatesit’sallright
(providingtheroadaheadisclear).Nevercrossasolidlineonyourside
if theroadseemsempty of
ofthelaneoradoublesolidline,even
approaching traffic.
e
If you suspect that the driver
of the vehicle you want to pass isn’t aware
of yourpresence,tapthehornacoupleoftimesbeforepassing.
e
Do notget too close to the vehicle you
wanttopasswhileyou’re
awaitinganopportunity. For onething,followingtoocloselyreducesyour
Also, you
area of vision,especially if you’refollowingalargervehicle.
slows orstops.
won’thaveadequatespaceifthevehicleaheadsuddenly
Keepback a reasonabledistance.
e
Whenitlookslikeachance
to passiscomingup,starttoaccelerate
but stay in the right lane and don’t get too close. Time your move
youwillbeincreasingspeedasthetimecomestomoveintotheother
lane. If thewayiscleartopass,youwillhavea“runningstart”that
morethanmakesupforthedistanceyouwouldlosebydroppingback.
And ifsomethinghappens to causeyoutocancelyourpass,youneed
only slow downanddropbackagainandwaitforanotheropportunity.
e
If othercarsarelineduptopassaslowvehicle,waityourturn.But
takecarethatsomeoneisn’ttryingtopassyouasyoupullouttopass
theslowvehicle.Remembertoglanceoveryourshoulderandcheckthe
blindspot.
e
Checkyourmirrors,glanceoveryourshoulder,andstartyourleftlane
changesignalbeforemovingout
of therightlanetopass.Whenyou
arefarenoughahead of thepassedvehicletoseeitsfrontinyour
insidemirror,activateyourrightlanechangesignalandmovebackinto
if yourrightoutsidemirrorisconvex,the
therightlane.(Rememberthat
vehicleyoujustpassedmayseemtobefurtherawayfromyouthan
reallyis.)
e
Trynottopassmorethanonevehicleat
Reconsiderbeforepassingthenextvehicle.
4-21
a time on two-laneroads.
so
it
Your Driving and the Road
Don’tovertakeaslowlymovingvehicletoorapidly.Eventhoughthe
brakelightsarenotflashing,it
maybeslowingdown
orstartingtoturn.
Ifyou’rebeingpassed,makeiteasyforthefollowingdrivertogetahead
ofyou.Perhapsyoucanease
alittletotheright.
Loss of Control
Let’sreviewwhatdrivingexpertssayaboutwhathappenswhenthethree
controlsystems(brakes,steeringandacceleration)don’thaveenoughfriction
wherethetiresmeettheroad
to do what thedriverhasasked.
In anyemergency,don’tgiveup.Keeptrying
escaperouteorareaoflessdanger.
to steer,andconstantlyseekan
Skidding
In askid,adrivercanlosecontrol
of thevehicle.Defensivedriversavoid
mostskidsbytakingreasonablecaresuitedtoexistingconditions,andbynot
“overdriving”thoseconditions.Butskidsarealwayspossible.
The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’s three control systems.
Inthebrakingskid, yourwheelsaren’trolling.
In thesteering or cornering
skid,toomuchspeedorsteeringinacurvecausestirestoslipandlose
corneringforce.And in theaccelerationskid,toomuchthrottlecauses
the
driving wheels to spin.
A corneringskidand an accelerationskidarebesthandled
byeasingyour
footofftheacceleratorpedal.Ifyourvehiclestarts
to slide(aswhenyouturn
off the
acorneronawet,snow-orice-coveredroad),easeyourfoot
accelerator pedal as soon as you feel the tires start
to slide.Quicklysteer
the wayyouwant thevehicletogo. Ifyoustartsteeringquicklyenough,your
vehiclewillstraightenout. As it does, straightenthefront wheels.
Ofcourse, traction is reducedwhenwater,snow,
ice,gravel,orothermaterial
isontheroad.Forsafety,you’llwant
to slowdownandadjustyourdriving
theseconditions. It isimportant to slowdownonslipperysurfacesbecause
stoppingdistancewillbelongerandvehiclecontrolmorelimited.
to
Whiledrivingonasurfacewithreducedtraction,tryyourbest
to avoid
suddensteering,acceleration,orbraking(includingenginebraking
by shifting
to alowergear). Anysuddenmove could causethetires to slide. Youmay
notrealizethesurfaceisslipperyuntilyourvehicle
is skidding.Learn to
recognizewarningclues-suchasenoughwater,
ice orpackedsnowonthe
roadto make a “mirrored surface”-andslowdownwhenyouhaveany
doubt.
4-22
Remember:Therearwheelantilockbrakingsystem(RWAL)helpsavoidonly
a rearbrakingskid.Inabrakingskid(wherethefrontwheelsarenolonger
rolling),releaseenoughpressureonthebrakestoget
the frontwheelsrolling
again.Thisrestoressteeringcontrol.Pushthebrakepedaldownsteadily
whenyouhavetostopsuddenly.Aslongasthefrontwheelsarerolling,you
willhavesteeringcontrol.Steerthewayyouwanttogo.
Off-Road Driving with Your FoutNVheel
Drive Vehick
Thisoff-roadguideisforvehiclesthathavefour-wheeldrive.Also,see
“AntilockBrakes’’ in theIndex. If yourvehicledoesn’thavefour-wheeldrive,
youshouldn’tdriveoff-roadunlessyou’reonalevel,solidsurface.
Off-roaddrivingcan be greatfun.Butitdoeshavesomedefinitehazards.
Thegreatest of theseistheterrainitself.
“Off-roading”meansyou’veleftthegreatNorthAmericanroadsystembehind.
Trafficlanesaren’tmarked.Curvesaren’tbanked.Therearenoroadsigns.
Surfacescanbeslippery,rough,uphillordownhill.Inshort,you’vegoneright
backtonature.
Off-roaddrivinginvolvessomenewskills.Andthat’s
whyit’sveryimportant
that you readthisguide.You’llfindmanydrivingtipsandsuggestions.These
willhelpmakeyouroff-roaddrivingsaferandmoreenjoyable.
Before You Go Off-Roading
Therearesomethingstodobefore
you gooutiForexample,besureto
haveallnecessarymaintenanceandserviceworkdone.Besureyoureadall
Is there
theinformationaboutyourfour-wheeldrivevehicleinthismanual.
enoughfuel? Is thesparetirefullyinflated?Arethefluidlevelsupwhere
theyshouldbe?Whatarethelocallawsthatapply
to off-roadingwhereyou’ll
bedriving? If youdon’tknow,youshouldcheckwithlawenforcementpeople
If so, be suretogetthe
in thearea.Willyou
be onsomeone’sprivateland?
necessary permission.
Loading Your Vehicle for Off-Road Driving
Therearesomeimportantthings
vehicle.
to rememberabouthow to loadyour
Theheaviestthingsshouldbeontheloadfloorandforward
axle.Putheavieritemsasfarforwardasyoucan.
ofyourrear
Besuretheload
is securedproperly, so drivingontheoff-roadterrain
doesn’t toss things around.
4-23
Your Driving and the Road
J I I\
Cargoonthe
load floor piled higherthantheseatbackscanbe
b
thrownforwardduringasuddenstop.
Youoryour
passengers
..*
beinjured.Keepcargobelowthetop
of theseatbacks.
..&- could
r*
E==:.,.%
---I:Unsecuredcargoontheloadfloorcanbetossedaboutwhen
.
@;!_%:y.:L .. c .= driving over rough terrain. You or your passengers can be struck
~igFFSi
e%x..5=$i:<
by flying objects. Secure the cargo properly.
9
2;
.--.$y<Heavy
loads onthe roofraisethevehicle’scenterofgravity,
making it morelikely to roll over.You canbeseriouslyorfatally
injured if thevehiclerolls over.Putheavy loadsinsidethecargo
area,notontheroof.Keepcargo
in thecargoarea as far
forwardandlowaspossible.
A
i:...~~
:&&
- .-<--x
!.
a%%> &--.
:2*
L?-
.&1.
~
You’ll findotherimportantinformation
and“Tires” in theIndex.
in thismanual.See“VehicleLoading”
Traveling to Remote Areas
It makessense to planyourtrip,especiallywhengoing
to aremotearea.
Knowtheterrainand plan yourroute. Youaremuchlesslikely
to getbad
surprises. Getaccuratemapsof
trailsandterrain. Try to learn of anyblocked
or closed roads.
It’salsoagoodideatotravelwithatleastoneothervehicle.Ifsomething
happenstoone ofthem, theothercanhelpquickly.
so, besure to readthe winch
Doesyourvehiclehaveawinch?If
if yougetstuck.
instructions. In aremotearea,awinchcanbehandy
you’llwant to knowhow to use it properly.
But
Getting Familiar with Off-Road Driving
It’s agoodidea to practice in anareathat’ssafeandclose
to home before
yougointothewilderness.Off-roaddrivingdoesrequiresomenewand
differentdrivingskills. Here’swhatwemean.
Tuneyoursenses to different kinds of signals. Youreyes,forexample,need
to constantlysweeptheterrainforunexpectedobstacles.
Yourearsneed to
listenforunusualtireorenginesounds.Withyourarms,hands,feet,and
bodyyou’llneed to respond to vibrationsandvehicle bounce.
4-24
Controllingyourvehicle is thekey to successful off-road driving. One of the
best ways to controlyourvehicle is to controlyourspeed.Herearesome
things to keep in mind.At higherspeeds:
youapproachthingsfasterandyouhave
for obstacles.
less time to scan the terrain
youhave less time to react.
youhavemorevehiclebouncewhenyoudriveoverobstacles.
you’llneedmoredistanceforbraking,especiallysinceyou’reonan
unpavedsurface.
I CAUTION
A Whenyou’redrivingoffroad,bouncingandquickchanges
in direc1tion caneasilythrowyouout of position. This could causeyou to
losecontrolandcrash. So,whetheryou’redrivingonorofftheroad,
youandyourpassengersshouldwearsafetybelts.
Scanning the Terrain
Off-road driving can take youovermanydifferentkinds
of terrain. You need
to befamiliarwiththeterrainanditsmanydifferentfeatures.Herearesome
things to consider.
Surface Conditions
Off-roadingcan take youoverhard-packeddirt,gravel,rocks,grass,sand,
mud,snowor ice.Each ofthesesurfacesaffectsthesteering,acceleration,
andbraking ofyourtruck in differentways.Dependinguponthe
kind of
surfaceyouare on, youmayexperienceslipping,sliding,wheelspinning,
delayedacceleration,poortraction,andlongerbrakingdistances.
Surface Obstacles
Unseenor hidden obstaclescanbehazardous.Arock,log,hole,rut,or
bumpcanstartleyou if you’re not prepared for them. Often these obstacles
arehidden by grass,bushes,snoworeven
the riseand fall of theterrain
itself. Here are some things to consider:
Is the path aheadclear?
Will the surfacetexturechangeabruptly
upahead?
Does the travel take youuphill or downhill?(There’smorediscussion
thesesubjects later.)
Willyouhave
to stopsuddenly or changedirectionquickly?
4-25
of
Your Driving and the Road
Whenyoudriveoverobstaclesorroughterrain,keepafirmgriponthe
steeringwheel.Ruts,troughs,orothersurfacefeaturescanjerkthewheel
out of yourhands if you’re not prepared.
or otherobstacles,yourwheelscanleave
Whenyoudriveoverbumps,rocks,
theground. If thishappens,evenwithoneortwowheels,youcan’tcontrol
the vehicle as well or at all.
Becauseyouwillbeonanunpavedsurface,it’sespeciallyimportant
suddenacceleration,suddenturns,orsuddenbraking.
to avoid
In a way, off-roaddrivingrequiresadifferentkind
of alertnessfromdrivingon
pavedroadsandhighways.Therearenoroadsigns,posted
speed limits or
signallights.Youhave
to useyourowngoodjudgmentaboutwhatissafe
andwhatisn’t.
A
Drinkinganddrivingcanbeverydangerousonanyroad.Andthisis
At theverytimeyouneedspecial
certainly true for off-road driving.
alertnessanddrivingskills,yourreflexes,perceptionsandjudgment
canbeaffectedbyevenasmallamount
of alcohol. You couldhave
a serious-orevenfatal-accidentifyoudrinkanddriveorridewith
adriverwhohasbeendrinking.(See“DrunkenDriving”
in the
Index.)
I
Driving On Off=Road Hills
Off-roaddrivingoftentakesyou
up,down, or acrossahill.Drivingsafelyon
hillsrequiresgoodjudgmentandanunderstanding
ofwhatyourvehiclecan
andcan’tdo.Therearesome
hillsthatsimplycan’tbedriven,nomatterhow
well built the vehicle.
r
A
Many hills are simply too steep for any vehicle. If you drive up them,
youwillstall. If youdrivedownthem,youcan’tcontrolyourspeed.
youdriveacrossthem,youwillrollover.Youcouldbeseriously
injured or killed. If youhaveanydoubtaboutthesteepness,don’t
drive the hill.
Approaching a Hill
Whenyouapproach a hill,youneedtodecide
if it’sone of thosehillsthat’s
or cross.Steepnesscanbehardtojudge.
justtoosteeptoclimb,descend,
Onaverysmallhill,forexample,theremaybeasmooth,constantincline
4-26
If
I
withonly a smallchangeinelevationwhereyoucaneasilyseealltheway
to the top.On a largehill,theincline maygetsteeperasyounearthetop,
butyoumaynotseethisbecausethecrestofthe
hill ishiddenbybushes,
grass,orshrubs.
Herearesomeotherthingstoconsiderasyouapproach
0
0
a hill.
Is there a constantincline, or doesthehillgetsharplysteeper
places?
in
Is theregoodtractiononthehillside,
tire
or willthesurfacecause
slipping?
hill so you won’thave to make
0
Is there a straight path upordownthe
turningmaneuvers?
e
Arethereobstructionsonthehillthancanblockyourpath(boulders,
trees,logsorruts)?
0
0
What’sbeyondthehill?
Is there a cliff,anembankment, a drop-off, a
fence?Getoutandwalkthe
hill ifyou don’tknow.It’sthesmartwayto
findout.
Is the hill simplytoorough?Steep
hills oftenhaveruts,gullies,troughs
andexposedrocksbecausetheyaremoresusceptible
to theeffects of
erosion.
Driving Uphill
Onceyoudecideyoucansafelydriveupthehill,youneedtotakesome
specialsteps.
Use a lowergearandget
a firmgriponthesteeringwheel.
Get a smoothstartupthe
hill and try to maintainyourspeed.Don’tuse
more power than you need, because you don’t want your wheels
to start
spinning or sliding.
Try todrivestraightupthehill
ifat allpossible. If thepathtwistsand
turns,youmightwanttofindanotherroute.
3
CAUTION
Turningordrivingacrosssteep
hills can lbe dangerous.You could
b lose traction, slide sideways,and possibly roll over.You couldbe
seriously injured or killed.When driving up hills,always try to go
straight up.
Easeuponyourspeedasyouapproachthetopofthehill.
4-27
I
Your Driving and the Road
Attachaflag to thevehicle to makeyoumorevisible
traffic ontrailsorhills.
Soundthehornasyouapproachthetop
know you’re there.
to approaching
of hill to letopposingtraffic
Useyourheadlightsevenduringtheday.Theymakeyoumorevisible
oncomingtraffic.
to
* Drivilng to the top (crest) of a hill at full speedcancausean
I
accident.There could beadrop-off,embankment,cliff,oreven
anothervehicle. You could be seriously injured orkilled. As you near
the top ofahill, slow down and stay alert.
I
Q: Whatshould I do if myvehiclestalls,
or is abouttostall,and
I can’t
make it upthehill?
A: If thishappens,therearesomethingsyoushould
do, andtherearesome
thingsyoumustnot do. First,here’swhatyoushoulddo:
Pushthebrakepedal
to stopthevehicleandkeepit
backwards.Also,applytheparkingbrake.
from rolling
If yourengineisstillrunning,shiftthetransmissionintoreverse,release
theparkingbrake,andslowly
backdown thehillinreverse.
If yourenginehasstoppedrunning,you’llneed
to restartit.Withthe
brakepedaldepressedandtheparkingbrake
still applied,shiftthe
transmission to P (Park)(or,shift to N (Neutral) if yourvehiclehasa
to R (Reverse),
manualtransmission)andrestarttheengine.Then,shift
releasetheparkingbrake,andslowlybackdownthehill
in reverse.
Asyouarebackingdownthehill,putyourlefthandonthesteering
wheelatthe 12 o’clockposition.This way, you’llbeable to tell if your
wheelsarestraight or turned to the left orright as youbackdown.
Herearesomethingsyoumustnot
whengoingupahill.
do if youstall,orareabout
to stall,
Neverattempt to preventastallbyshiftinginto
N (Neutral)(or
to “rev-up”the
depressingtheclutch, if youhaveamanualtransmission)
engineandregainforwardmomentum.Thiswon’twork.
Your vehiclewill
roll backwardsveryquicklyandyoucouldgoout
of control.
4-28
I
Instead,applytheregularbrake
to stop the vehicle.Thenapplythe
parkingbrake.Shiftintoreverse,releasetheparkingbrake,andslowly
backdown.
Neverattempt to turn around if youareabout to stall whengoingupa
hill. If the hill issteepenough to stall yourvehicle,it’ssteepenough
to
causeyou to rollover if you turn around. If youcan’tmakeitupthe
hill,youmustbackdown
the hill.
Q: Suppose,afterstalling, I try to backdownthehillanddecide
can’t do it.Whatshould I do?
I just
A: Setthe parking brake,putyourtransmission
in P (Park) (or themanual
go
transmission in firstgear),and turn off theengine.Leavethevehicleand
getsomehelp.Exitontheuphillsideandstayclear
of the path thevehicle
to N (Neutral)
wouldtake if itrolleddownhill. Do notshiftthetransfercase
whenyouleavethevehicle.Leave
it in somegear.
A
Ifyouhaveamanualtransfercaseshiftlever,shiftingthetransfer
case to N (Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle to rolleven if the
transmissionisin P (Park)(or, if youhavethemanualtransmission,
even if you’re in gear).This is becausethe N (Neutral)positionon
If youaregoing to
the transfercaseoverridesthetransmission.
leaveyourvehicle,settheparkingbrakeandshift
the transmission
in firstgear).Butdo
to P (Park)(or,putyourmanualtransmission
notshiftthetransfercase
to the N (Neutral)position.Leavethe
transfercase in the 2 WHEEL, 4 HIGH or 4 LOW position.
Driving Downhill
Whenoff-roadingtakesyoudownhill,you’llwant
things:
Howsteepisthedownhill?Will
to consideranumber
of
I beable to maintainvehiclecontrol?
What’sthesurfacelike?Smooth?Rough?Slippery?Hard-packeddirt?
Gravel?
Are therehiddensurfaceobstacles?Ruts?Logs?Boulders?
What’satthebottom
of thehill? Is there a hiddencreekbankoreven
riverbottomwithlargerocks?
4-29
a
Your Driving and the Road
If youdecideyoucangodownahillsafely,thentrytokeepyourvehicle
headedstraightdown,andusealowgear.This
way,enginedragcanhelp
yourbrakesandtheywon’thave
to doallthework.Descendslowly,keeping
your vehicle under control at all times.
A
1
Heavybrakingwhengoingdowna
hill cancauseyourbrakes
to
loss of controlandaserious
overheatandfade.Thiscouldcause
accident. Apply thebrakeslightlywhendescendinga
hill andusea
control.
low
gear
to
keep
vehicle
Q: Are theresomethings
speed
I shouldnot do whendrivingdownahill?
A:Yes!These
areimportantbecause if youignorethemyoucouldlose
controlandhaveaseriousaccident.
Whendrivingdownhill,avoidturnsthattakeyouacrosstheincline
hill. A hill that’s not too steep to drivedownmaybetoosteep
across. You could rollover if youdon’tdrivestraightdown.
of the
to drive
Nevergodownhillwiththetransmissionin
N (Neutral),orwiththeclutch
pedal depressed in amanualshift.This
is called“free-wheeling.” Your
brakes will have to do all the work and could overheat and fade.
Avoidbraking so hardthatyoulockthewheels
whengoingdownhill. If
your front wheels are locked, you can’t steer your vehicle.
If your wheels
lockupduringdownhillbraking,youmay
feel thevehiclestarting to slide
off thebrakesandsteer to
sideways. To regainyourdirection,justease
keep the front of the vehicle pointing straight downhill.
Q: Am I likelytostallwhengoingdownhill?
A: It’smuchmorelikelytohappengoinguphill.But
downhill, here’swhat to do.
* Stopyourvehicle
if it happensgoing
by applyingtheregularbrakes.Applytheparking
brake.
Shift to P (Park)(or to N (Neutral)withthemanualtransmission)and,
while still braking,restarttheengine.
Shiftback to alowgear,releasetheparkingbrake,anddrivestraight
down.
If theenginewon’tstart,getoutandgethelp.
4-30
Driving Across an Incline
Soonerorlater,an off-road trailwillprobably goacrosstheincline
thishappens,youhavetodecidewhethertotrytodriveacrosstheincline.
Herearesomethingstoconsider:
of ahill. If
A hill thatcanbedrivenstraightupordownmaybetoosteep
to drive
across.Whenyougostraightupordownahill,thelength
of thewheel
base(thedistancefromthefrontwheelstotherearwheels)reducesthe
likelihoodthevehiclewilltumbleendoverend.Butwhenyoudrive
acrossanincline,themuchmorenarrowtrackwidth(thedistance
betweenthe left andrightwheels) maynotpreventthevehiclefrom
tilting androlling over. Also, drivingacrossaninclineputsmoreweight
on thedownhillwheels.Thiscouldcauseadownhillslideorarollover.
Surfaceconditionscanbeaproblemwhenyoudriveacrossahill.Loose
gravel,muddyspots,orevenwetgrasscancauseyourtires
to slip
sideways,downhill. If thevehicleslipssideways,itcanhitsomethingthat
roll over.
willtrip it (a rock,arut,etc.)and
Hiddenobstaclescanmakethesteepness
of theinclineevenworse.
If
youdriveacrossarockwiththeuphillwheels,
or if thedownhillwheels
dropintoarutordepression,yourvehiclecantiltevenmore.
Forreasonslikethese,youneed
to decide carefully whether to try to drive
acrossanincline.Justbecausethe
trail goesacrosstheinclinedoesn’tmean
over.
youhavetodrive it. Thelastvehicle to tryitmighthaverolled
CAUTION
Driving across an incline that’s too steep will make your vehicle roll
over. Yolu could ble seriously injured or killed. If you h’ave any doubt
across it. Findanother
about the steepnessoftheincline,don’tdrive
route instead.
Q: Whatif I’mdrivingacross an inclinethat’snot too steep,but I hit
I do?
someloosegravelandstarttoslidedownhill.Whatshould
A: If youfeelyourvehiclestartingtoslidesideways,
turn downhill.This
should help straighten out the vehicle and prevent the side slipping. However,
is to get out and “walk the course”
so you
amuchbetter.waytopreventthis
it.
knowwhatthesurfaceislikebeforeyoudrive
4-31
onbeachesorsanddunes)yourtireswilltendtosinkintothesand.This
hasaneffectonsteering,accelerating,andbraking.
Youmaywant
theairpressureinyourtiresslightlywhendrivingonsand.Thiswillimprove
traction.
toreduce
Hardpackedsnowandiceoffertheworst
tire traction.Onthesesurfaces,it’s
is so poor
veryeasytolosecontrol.Onwetice,forexample,thetraction
if you do getmoving,poor
thatyouwillhavedifficultyaccelerating.And
steering and difficult braking can cause you
to slide out of control.
~~
ndsorriverscanbedangerous.
nderwatersprings,currentsundertheice,orsuddenthawscan
weakentheice. Your vehiclecouldfallthroughtheiceandyou
. your passengers could drown. Drive your vehicle on safe surfaces
:
.
I’
.: .
:j/-
,. ~;~:.cx
.,
‘:!....,I:,
2’’
,/
I
25
ad.
Driving In Water
Lightraincausesnospecialoff-roaddrivingproblems.Butheavyraincan
meanflashflooding,andfloodwatersdemandextremecaution.
it. If it’sdeep
Findout howdeepthewaterisbeforeyoudrivethrough
try it-you
enough to coveryourwheelhubs,axles,orexhaustpipe,don’t
probably won’t get through. Also, water that deep can damage your axle and
other vehicle parts.
If thewaterisn’ttoodeep,thendrivethrough
it slowly. At fastspeeds,water
splashesonyourignitionsystemandyourvehiclecanstall.Stallingcanalso
occur if yougetyourtailpipeunderwater.And,aslongasyourtailpipeis
underwater,you’llneverbeabletostartyourengine.Whenyougothrough
it may take you longer to
water,rememberthatwhenyourbrakesgetwet,
stop.
A
Driving through rushing water can be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehilcle downstream and you and your passengers could
drown. If it’sonlyinchesdeep, it can still wash away the ground
from under your tires, and you could lose traction and roll the vehicle
over. Don’t drive throughrushingwater.
4-33
Your Driving and the Road
After Off-Road Driving
Removeanybrushordebristhathascollectedontheunderbodv.chassis,
underthehood.Theseaccumulationscanbeafirehazard.
or
Afteroperationinmudorsand,havethebrakeliningscleanedandchecked.
Thesesubstancescancauseglazingandunevenbraking.Checkthebody
structure,steering,suspension,wheels,tires,andexhaustsystemfordamage.
Also,checkthefuellinesandcoolingsystemforanyleakage.
Your vehiclewillrequiremorefrequentserviceduetooff-roaduse.Referto
theMaintenanceScheduleforadditionalinformation.
Driving at Night
AN450005
Nightdriving is moredangerousthandaydriving.Onereasonisthatsome
driversarelikely to be impaired-byalcoholordrugs,withnightvision
problems,orbyfatigue.
Here are some tips on night driving.
Drivedefensively.Remember,this
is themostdangeroustime.
Don’t drinkanddrive(See“DrunkenDriving”
this problem.)
Adjust yourinsiderearviewmirror
behind you.
in theIndexformoreon
to reducetheglarefromheadlights
4-34
Sinceyoucan’tsee
as well,youmayneed
to slowdownandkeep
morespacebetweenyouandothervehicles.It’s
hard to tell howfast
thevehicleahead is goingjust by lookingat its taillights.
@
Slowdown,especiallyonhigherspeedroads.
uponly so muchroadahead.
Your headlightscanlight
In remoteareas,watchforanimals.
If you’retired, pull off the road in asafe place andrest.
Night Wsion
No onecansee as wellatnightas in thedaytime.But as weget older
thesedifferencesincrease.A50-year-olddrivermayrequireatleasttwiceas
much light to seethesame thing at night asa20-year-old.
if
What youdointhedaytimecanalsoaffectyournightvision.Forexample,
youspendtheday in brightsunshineyouarewise
to wearsunglasses.Your
eyeswillhavelesstroubleadjusting
to night.
But if you’redriving,don’t wearsunglassesatnight.Theymaycutdownon
glarefromheadlights,buttheyalsomakealotofthingsinvisiblethatshould
remainvisible-suchasparkedcars,
obstacles,pedestrians, oreventrains
blocking railway crossings. Youmaywant to put on your sunglasses after you
have pulled intoabrightly-lightedservice or refreshmentarea.Eyesshielded
fromthatglaremayadjustmorequickly
to darknessbackontheroad.But
besure to removeyoursunglassesbeforeyouleavetheservicearea.
You can be temporarily blinded by approachinglights. It can take asecondor
two,orevenseveralseconds,foryoureyes
to readjusttothe dark.When
youare faced withsevereglare(asfromadriverwhodoesn’tlower
the high
beams,oravehiclewithmisaimedheadlights),slowdownalittle.Avoid
staringdirectly into theapproachinglights. If there is aline of opposing
traffic,makeoccasionalglancesover the line of headlights to makecertain
thatone of the vehiclesisn’tstarting to moveintoyourlane.Onceyouare
pastthebrightlights,giveyoureyestimetoreadjustbeforeresumingspeed.
High Beams
If thevehicleapproachingyouhasitshighbeams
on, signalbyflickingyours
to highandthenback to lowbeam.Thisisthe
usual signaltolowerthe
headlightbeams. If the other driver still doesn’tlowerthebeams,resistthe
two half-blinded
temptation to putyourhighbeamson.Thisonlymakes
drivers.
4-35
Your Driving and the Road
Ona freeway,useyour highbeamsonly in remoteareaswhereyouwon’t
impairapproachingdrivers. In someplaces,likecities,usinghighbeams
illegal.
is
Whenyoufollowanothervehicleonafreewayorhighway,uselowbeams.
True,mostvehiclesnowhaveday-nightmirrorsthatenablethedriver
to
reduceglare.Butoutsidemirrorsarenot
of thistypeand high beamsfrom
behindcanbotherthedriverahead.
A Few More Night Driving Suggestions
Keepyourwindshieldandalltheglassonyourvehicleclean-insideandout.
Glare at night is mademuchworseby
dirtontheglass.Eventheinside
of
theglasscanbuildupafilmcausedbydust.Tobaccosmokealsomakes
if it’sleftthere.
insideglasssurfacesveryfilmyandcanbeavisionhazard
Dirtyglassmakeslightsdazzleandflashmorethancleanglasswould,
makingthepupils ofyoureyescontractrepeatedly.Youmightevenwant
to
keepaclothandsomeglasscleaner
in your vehicle if youneed to clean
your glass frequently.
Rememberthatyourheadlightslightupfarless
in a turn or curve.
Keepyoureyesmoving;thatway,
of aroadwaywhenyouare
it’seasiertopickoutdimlylightedobjects.
Justasyourheadlightsshouldbecheckedregularlyforproperaim,
youreyesbeexaminedregularly.Somedriverssufferfromnight
blindness-the inability to see in dimlight-andaren’tevenawareof
4-36
so should
it.
Driving in &ye Rain
I
AM455004
Rainandwetroadscanmeandrivingtrouble.Onawetroadyoucan’tstop,
accelerate or turn as wellbecauseyour tire-to-road tractionisn’t as good as
tread left,you’llgeteven
ondryroads.And, if yourtiresdon’thavemuch
less traction.
if rainstarts to fall whileyou
It’salwayswise to goslowerandbecautious
aredriving.Thesurface maygetwetsuddenlywhenyour
reflexesaretuned
fordrivingondrypavement.
Theheaviertherain,theharder
it is to see.Even if yourwindshieldwiper
bladesare in goodshape,aheavyraincanmakeitharder
to seeroadsigns
andtrafficsignals,pavementmarkings,theedge
of the road,andeven
peoplewalking.Roadspraycan
often beworseforvisionthanrain,
especially if it comesfromadirtyroad.
So it is wise to keepyourwipingequipment
in goodshapeandkeepyour
windshieldwashertankfilled.Replaceyourwindshieldwiperinsertswhenthey
show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield,
orwhen strips of
rubberstart to separatefromtheinserts.
4-37
Your Driving and the Road
1,
I
AM455009
Drivingtoofastthroughlargewaterpuddlesorevengoingthroughsomecar
washescancauseproblems,too.Thewatermayaffectyourbrakes.Tryto
avoidpuddles.But if youcan’t,trytoslowdownbeforeyouhitthem.
I CAUTION
I
Wetbrakescancauseaccidents.Theywon’tworkwell
in aquick
stopand maycause pulling to oneside. You couldlosecontrol of
thevehicle.
After arlvlng through a large puddle
ofwater or a car
yourbrakepedallightlyuntilyourbrakesworknormally.
WE ’
I
, a, ~, ‘y
I
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaningisdangerous. So muchwatercan build upunderyour tiresthat
if theroadiswet
theycanactuallyrideonthewater.Thiscanhappen
is hydroplaning, it
enoughandyou’regoingfastenough.Whenyourvehicle
haslittle orno contact withtheroad.
Youmightnotbeawareofhydroplaning.You
coulddrivealongforsometimewithoutrealizing your tiresaren’t in constantcontactwiththeroad.You
could
slow, turn,moveout to pass-or if
find outthehardway:whenyouhaveto
yougethitbyagustofwind.
You couldsuddenlyfindyourselfoutofcontrol.
it can if yourtireshaven’tmuchtread
Hydroplaningdoesn’thappenoften.But
low. Itcanhappen if alot ofwater is
or if thepressureinoneormoreis
standing ontheroad.Ifyoucanseereflectionsfromtrees,telephonepoles,
orothervehicles,andraindrops“dimple”thewater’ssurface,therecouldbe
hydroplaning.
-
Hydroplaningusuallyhappensathigherspeeds,Therejustisn’tahardand
fastruleabouthydroplaning.Thebestadviceistoslowdownwhenitis
raining,andbecareful.
?>me Other Rainy Weather Tips
Turnonyourheadlights-notjustyourparkinglights-tohelpmakeyou
more visible to others.
Lookforhard-to-seevehiclescomingfrombehind.
Youmaywanttouse
yourheadlightseven in daytime if it’sraininghard.
Besidesslowingdown,allowsomeextrafollowingdistance.Andbe
especiallycarefulwhenyoupassanothervehicle.Allowyourselfmore
clearroomahead,andbepreparedtohaveyourviewrestrictedbyroad
spray. If theroadsprayis so heavyyouareactuallyblinded,dropback.
Don’t pass untilconditionsimprove.Goingmoreslowlyisbetterthan
havinganaccident.
Useyourdefogger
0
if it helps.
Havegoodtireswithpropertreaddepth.(See“Tires”
in theIndex.)
Driving in Fog, Mist and Haze
Fogcanoccurwithhighhumidityorheavyfrost.
It canbe so mildthatyou
can seethrough it forseveralhundredfeet(meters).Or
it mightbe so thick
It maycomesuddenlyto
thatyoucanseeonlyafewfeet(meters)ahead.
anotherwiseclearroad.And
it canbeamajorhazard.
Whenyoudriveintoafogpatch,yourvisibilitywillbereducedquickly.The
biggest dangers are striking the vehicle ahead or being struck by the one
If thevehicleahead
behind.Tryto“read”thefogdensitydowntheroad.
starts to become less clear or,atnight, if thetaillightsarehardertosee,the
to givetrafficbehindyouachanceto
fogisprobablythickening.Slowdown
slowdown.Everybodythenhasabetterchancetoavoidhittingthevehicle
ahead.
Your Driving and the Road
I .
I-
AM459005
A patch ofdensefogmayextendonlyforafewfeet(meters)orformiles
(kilometers); you can'treallytellwhileyou'reinit.
You canonlytreatthe
situationwithextremecare.
Onecommonfogcondition-sometimes
calledmist orgroundfog-can
happen in weatherthatseemsperfect,especiallyatnightor
in theearly
morninginvalleyandlow,marshyareas.Youcan
be suddenlyenveloped in
thick,wethazethatmayevencoatyourwindshield.Youcanoftenspotthese
fogpatchesormistlayerswithyourheadlights.Butsometimestheycanbe
waitingforyouasyoucomeovera
hill or dipintoashallowvalley.Start
yourwindshieldwipersandwasher,tohelpclearaccumulatedroaddirt.Slow
downcarefully.
R
Tips on Driving in Fog
If yougetcaught in fog, turn yourheadlightsonlowbeam,even
in daytime.
You'llsee-andbeseen-better.Useyour
foglights if yourvehiclehasthem.
Don't use yourhighbeams.Thelightwillbounce
makeupfogandreflectbackatyou.
off the water droplets that
Useyourdefogger.In
high humidity,evenalightbuildupofmoistureonthe
inside of the glass will cut down on your already limited visibility. Run your
windshieldwipersandwasheroccasionally.Moisturecanbuilduponthe
outside glass,andwhatseemstobe
fog may actually bemoistureonthe
outside ofyourwindshield.
.
.
4-40
_ .
,
.
I
t
Treatdensefogasanemergency.Trytofindaplacetopullofftheroad.Of
course you want to respectanother’sproperty,butyoumightneedtoput
somethingbetweenyouandmovingvehicles-space,trees,telephonepoles,
aprivatedriveway,anythingthatremovesyoufromothertraffic.
If visibility is nearzeroandyoumuststopbutareunsurewhetheryouare
awayfromtheroad,turnyourlightson,startyourhazardwarningflasher,
or whenyouhearapproachingtraffic.
andsoundyourhornatintervals
Passothervehicles in fogonly if youcanseefarenoughaheadtopass
safely.Eventhen, be prepared to delayyourpass if yoususpectthefog
worseupahead. If othervehiclestry to passyou,makeiteasyforthem.
is
City Driving
AN460003
Oneof the biggest problems with city streets
is the amount of trafficonthem.
You’llwant to watch out for what the other drivers are doing,
and pay
attention to traffic signals.
Here are ways to increase your safety
in citydriving:
Knowthebestway
to get to whereyouaregoing.Trynot
to drive
a city map
around trying to pick out a familiar street or landmark. Get
and plan your trip into an unknown part
of the city just as you would for
a cross-country trip.
Try tousethefreewaysthatrimandcrisscrossmostlargecities.
savetimeandenergy.(Seethenextsection,“FreewayDriving.”)
4-41
You’ll
- .- .
. .
I.
Your Driving and the Road
Treatagreenlightasawarningsignal.
A trafficlightistherebecause
to needit.Whenalightturnsgreen,and
just
thecornerisbusyenough
beforeyoustart to move,check both ways forvehiclesthathavenot
clearedtheintersection ormayberunning
the red light.
Obeyallpostedspeedlimits.Butrememberthattheyareforidealroad,
weatherandvisibilityconditions. Youmay need to drivebelowthe
is especiallypoor.
postedlimit in badweatherorwhenvisibility
Pull to theright(withcare)andstopclearofintersectionswhenyousee
or hear emergency vehicles.
Freeway Driving
AN461003
.
~.
.
-.
3
.
.
.
.
Mileformile,freeways(alsocalledthruways,parkways,expressways,
turnpikes, orsuperhighways)arethesafestofallroads.Buttheyhavetheir
ownspecialrules.
Themostimportantadviceonfreewaydrivingis:Keepupwithtrafficand
of theotherdrivers are
keep to theright.Driveatthesamespeedmost
driving.Too-fastortoo-slowdrivingbreaksasmoothtrafficflow.Treattheleft
laneonafreeway as apassinglane.
Entering the Freeway
.
.1
I
>.
At theentrancethere is usuallyarampthatleads
I
,
-
-
to the freeway. If youhave
a clear view of the freeway as you drive along the entrance ramp, you
should begin to checktraffic.Try to determinewhereyouexpect to blend
But if it is heavy,
withtheflow. If traffic is light,youmayhavenoproblem.
Try
find agapasyoumovealongtheenteringlaneandtimeyourapproach.
4-42
to mergeintothegapatclose
to theprevailingspeed.Switchonyour
turn
signal,checkyourrearviewmirrors as youmovealong,andglanceoveryour
shoulder as often as necessary. Try to blendsmoothlywiththetrafficflow.
Driving on the Freeway
Onceyou are on the freeway, adjustyourspeed to thepostedlimitor to the
to pass. If
prevailingrate if it’sslower.Stay in the rightlaneunlessyouwant
youareona two-lane freeway,treattherightlaneastheslowlaneandthe
leftlane as thepassinglane.
If you are on a three-lane freeway, treat the right lane as the slower-speed
throughlane,themiddle lane as thehigher-speedthroughlane,andtheleft
laneasthe passing lane.
Beforechanginglanes,checkyourrearviewmirrors.Thenuseyour
turn
to
signal. Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over your shoulder
makesure there isn’tanothervehicle in your “blind” spot.
If you are movingfromanoutside to acenterlaneonafreewayhaving
to moveintothe
morethan two lanes,makesureanothervehicleisn’tabout
samespot.Look at the vehicles two lanes over and watch for telltale signs:
of the
turnsignalsflashing,anincrease
in speed,ormovingtowardtheedge
lane.Beprepared to delayyourmove.
Onceyou are movingon the freeway,make certainyouallowareasonable
followingdistance.Expect to moveslightlysloweratnight.
Leaving the Freeway
Whenyouwant to leavethefreeway,move to theproperlanewell in
If youmiss
advance.Dashingacrosslanesatthelastminuteisdangerous.
yourexitdonot,underanycircumstances,stopandbackup.Driveon
to the
next exit.
Ateachexitpoint
is adecelerationlane.Ideally it should belongenoughfor
ofcourse)and thendoyour
you to enter it atfreewayspeed(aftersignaling,
brakingbeforemovingontotheexit
ramp.Unfortunately,notalldeceleration
lanesarelongenough-some
are too short for all the braking. Decide when
if there is traffic
tostartbraking. If youmustbrakeonthethroughlane,and
close behind you,youcanallowa
little extratimeandflashyourbrakelights
(in addition to your turn signal)asextrawarningthatyou
are about to slow
downandexit.
Theexitrampcanbecurved,sometimesquitesharply.Theexitspeed
usuallyposted.Reduceyourspeedaccording
to yourspeedometer,not
your sense of motion. After driving for any distance at higher speeds, you
4-43
is
to
Your Driving and the Road
maytendtothinkyouaregoingslowerthanyouactuallyare.Forexample,
40 mph (65 km/h)mightseemlikeonly
20 mph (30 km/h).Obviously,this
20 mph (30 km/h)!
couldleadtoserioustroubleonarampdesignedfor
Driving a Long Distance
Althoughmostlongtripstodayaremadeonfreeways,therearestillmany
madeonregularhighways.
Long-distancedrivingonfreewaysandregularhighwaysisthesame
in some
ways.Thetriphastobeplannedandthevehicleprepared,youdriveat
higher-than-cityspeeds,andtherearelongerturnsbehindthewheel.You’ll
enjoyyourtripmoreifyouandyourvehicleare
in goodshape.Hereare
some tips for a successful long trip.
Before Leaving on a Long Trip
Makesureyou’reready.Trytobewellrested.
If youmuststartwhenyou’re
notfresh-suchasafteraday’s
work-don’t plan to make too many miles
that first part ofthejourney.Wearcomfortableclothingandshoesyoucan
easilydrivein.
Is yourvehiclereadyforalongtrip?
If youkeepitservicedandmaintained,
If itneedsservice,haveitdonebeforestartingout.
Of
it’sreadytogo.
course,you’llfindexperiencedandableserviceexpertsinyourvehicle’s
if
dealershipsallacrossNorthAmerica.They’llbereadyandwillingtohelp
need
it.
YOU
Her1 ire Some things you can check before a trip:
0
..
.-,.
._
C
.
WindshieldWasherFluid:
insideandoutside?
WiperBlades:Arethey
Is thereservoirfull?Are
all windowsclean
in goodshape?
Fuel,EngineOil,OtherFluids:Haveyoucheckedalllevels?
Lights:Arethey
all working?Arethelensesclean?
Tires:Theyarevitallyimportanttoasafe,trouble-freetrip.
Is the tread
goodenoughforlong-distancedriving?Arethetiresallinflatedtothe
recommendedpressure?
WeatherForecasts:What’stheweatheroutlookalongyourroute?
a shorttimetoavoidamajorstormsystem?
Should you delay your trip
Maps: Do youhaveup-to-datemaps?
4-44
On the Road
Unlessyouaretheonlydriver,
it is good to share the driving task with
others.Limitturnsbehindthewheel
to about 100 miles (160 km)or two
hours at a sitting. Then, either change drivers or stop for some refreshment
do stopandmove
likecoffee,teaorsoftdrinksandsomelimberingup.But
around.Eatlightlyalongthe
way. Heaviermealstendtomakesomepeople
sleepy.
do nothave
Ontwo-lanehighwaysorundividedmultilanehighwaysthat
controlledaccess,you’llwant to watchforsomesituationsnotusuallyfound
onfreeways.Examplesare:stopsignsandsignals,shoppingcenterswith
directaccess to thehighway,nopassingzonesandschoolzones,vehicles
turning left andright off theroad,pedestrians,cyclists,parkedvehicles,and
evenanimals.
Highway Hypnosrs
Is thereactuallysuchaconditionas“highwayhypnosis?”Orisitjustplain
fallingasleepatthewheel?Callithighwayhypnosis,lack
of awareness,or
whatever.
Thereissomethingaboutaneasystretch
of roadwiththesamescenery,
along with the hum of the tires on the road,thedrone of theengine,andthe
rush of thewindagainstthevehiclethatcanmakeyousleepy.Don’tletit
less thana
happen to you! If it does,yourvehiclecanleavetheroadin
second,andyoucouldcrashandbeinjured.
Whatcanyou
happen.
do abouthighwayhypnosis?First,beawarethatitcan
Thenhere are sometips:
Makesureyourvehicleiswellventilated,withacomfortablycoolinterior.
Keepyoureyesmoving.Scantheroadaheadandtothesides.Check
your rearview mirrors frequently and your instruments from time
Thiscanhelpyouavoidafixedstare.
to time.
Weargoodsunglassesinbrightlight.Glarecancausedrowsiness.But
don’t wear sunglasses at night. They will drastically reduce your overall
visionattheverytimeyouneed
all the seeing power you have.
If yougetsleepy, pull off theroadintoarest,service,
andtakea nap,getsomeexercise,orboth.Forsafety,
onthehighwayasanemergency.
orparkingarea
treatdrowsiness
As in anydrivingsituation,keeppacewithtrafficandallowadequate
followingdistances.
4-45
Your Driving and the Road
Hill and Mountain Roads
I
.
l i
--
7.
._
. .AM470001
Drivingonsteephillsormountains
is differentfromdrivinginflatorrolling
terrain. If youdriveregularly in steepcountry,or if you'replanning to visit
there,herearesometipsthatcanmakeyourtripssaferandmoreenjoyable.
(See"Off-RoadDriving"
in theIndexforinformationaboutdrivingoff-road.)
Keepyourvehicleingoodshape.Check
all fluidlevelsandalsothe
brakes,tires,coolingsystemandtransmission.Thesepartscanwork
hard onmountainroads.
.. .
.
Knowhow to godownhills.Themostimportantthing
to know is this:let
it
yourenginedosomeoftheslowingdown.Don'tmakeyourbrakesdo
all.Shifttoalowergearwhenyougodownasteepor
long hill.That
way,youwill slow downwithoutexcessiveuse ofyourbrakes.
1
1
so hot thatthey
Ifyoudon'tshiftdown,yourbrakescouldget
wouldn'tworkwell.Youwould
thenhavepoorbrakingorevennone
goingdownahill. You could crash.Shiftdown to letyourengine
assist
your
brakes
on
steep
a downhill
slope.
4-46
CAUTION
Coastingdownhill in N (Neutral)orwiththeignition
off is dangerous. I
2Your brakes will have to do all the work
of slowing down. They could
You couldcrash.Always
get so hot that they wouldn’t work well.
haveyourignitiononandyourvehicleingearwhenyougodownhill.
A
Knowhow to go uphill. Youmaywant toshiftdowntoalowergear.
Thelowergearshelpcoolyourengineandtransmission,andyoucan
climbthe hill better.
Stayinyourownlanewhendrivingontwo-laneroads
in hills or
of the road. Drive
mountains. Don’t swing wide or cut across the center
atspeedsthatletyoustay
in yourownlane.Thatway,youwon’t
be
surprisedbyavehiclecomingtowardyouinthesamelane.
Ittakeslongertopassanothervehiclewhenyou’regoinguphill.You’ll
If avehicleispassingyouand
want to leaveextraroomtopass.
it easierfortheother
doesn’thaveenoughroom,slowdowntomake
vehicle to get by.
e
As yougooverthetop
of ahill,bealert.Therecouldbesomethingin
yourlane,likeastalledcaroranaccident.
Youmay see highway signs on mountains that warn
of special.problems.
Examplesarelonggrades,passingorno-passingzones,afallingrocks
area,orwindingroads.Bealerttotheseandtakeappropriateaction.
Winterdrivingcanpresentspecialproblems.
Index.
See“WinterDriving”
in the
Your Driving and the Road
Parking on Hills
Hills and mountainsmeanspectacularscenery.Butpleasebecarefulwhere
youstop if youdecidetolookattheviewortakepictures.Lookforpull-offs
orparkingareasprovidedforscenicviewing.
I
AM470005
Anotherpartofthismanualtellshow
to useyourparkingbrake(see“Parking
hill, youcan do onemore
Brake” in theIndex).Butonamountainorsteep
thing. Youcan turnyourfrontwheelstokeepyourvehiclefromrollingdownhill or outintotraffic.Here’show:
Parking Downhill
AM470010
Turnyourwheels
to theright.
You don’thavetojamyourtiresagainstthecurb,ifthere
contact is allyouneed.
is a curb. A gentle
Parking Uphill
AM470015
If there is a curb, turn your wheels
of your vehicle.
to the left if the curb is at the right side
AM470020
If you’re going uphill on a one-waystreetandyou’reparkingontheleftside,
your wheels should point to the right.
4-49
Your Driving and the Road
I
",.*,lcG~2*"*w"
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
"*
.
*
*
b
;
.
.
" ~ ~
nl "
~
*_ -~
,,-,.,',.".~
;
AM470024
If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphill,turnthewheels
to theright.
If thereisnocurbwhenyou'reparkinguphillontheleftsideofaone-way
to theleft.
street,yourwheelsshouldbeturned
Torque Lock (Automatic Transmission)
If youareparkingonahillandyoudon'tshiftyourtransmissioninto
P
(Park)properly,theweightofthevehiclemayputtoomuchforceonthe
You mayfind it difficulttopulltheshiftlever
parkingpawlinthetransmission.
To preventtorquelock,alwaysbe
outof P (Park).Thisiscalledtorquelock.
To findouthow,
suretoshiftinto P (Park)beforeyouleavethedriver'sseat.
see"ShiftingInto P (Park) in theIndex."
Whenyouareready to drive,movetheshiftleverout
youreleasetheparkingbrake.
of
P (Park) BEFORE
If "torquelock"doesoccur,youmayneed
to haveanothervehiclepush
from thetransmission, so
yoursalittleuphill to takesomeofthepressure
youcanpulltheshiftleverout
of P (Park).
4-50
Winter Driving
AN480001
Here are some tips for winter driving:
Haveyourvehicle
mix is correct.
in goodshapeforwinter.Besureyourenginecoolant
Snow tirescanhelp in loose snow, butthey may giveyoulesstraction
on ice thanregulartires. If you do notexpect to bedriving in deep
snow, butmayhave to traveloverice,youmaynotwant
to switch to
snow tires at all.
Youmaywant
to putwinteremergencysupplies
in yourvehicle.
Includeanicescraper,asmallbrushorbroom,asupply
of windshield
washerfluid,arag,somewinterouterclothing,asmallshovel,aflashlight,a
redcloth,andacouple
of reflectivewarningtriangles. And, if youwillbe
drivingundersevereconditions,includeasmallbag
ofsand,a piece of old
carpetoracouple of burlapbags to helpprovidetraction.Besureyou
properly secure these items in your vehicle.
Driving on Snow or Ice
Mostof thetime,thoseplaceswhereyourtiresmeettheroadprobablyhave
goodtraction.
However, if there issnowor ice betweenyourtiresandtheroad,youcan
haveaveryslipperysituation.You’llhavea
lot lesstraction or “grip”andwill
needtobeverycareful.
4-51
Your Driving and the Road
r -
AM480016
What’stheworsttimeforthis?“Wetice.”Verycoldsnoworicecanbeslick
andhard to driveon.Butweticecanbeevenmoretroublebecauseitmay
offertheleasttraction of all. Youcanget“wet
ice” when it’s about freezing
(32°F; 0°C) andfreezingrainbegins to fall.Try to avoiddrivingonwetice
until salt and sand crews can get there.
Whateverthecondition-smoothice,packed,blowingorloosesnow-drive
to breakthefragiletraction.
withcaution.Accelerategently.Trynot
accelerate too fast,thedrivewheelswillspinandpolishthesurfaceunder
thetiresevenmore.
If you
to makeahardstoponaslippery
Your antilockbrakesimproveyourability
to begin
road.Eventhoughyouhavetheantilockbrakingsystem,you’llwant
stoppingsoonerthanyouwouldondrypavement.See“Antilock”
in the
Index.
Allow greater following distance on any slippery road.
Watchforslipperyspots.Theroadmightbefine
until youhitaspot
that’scoveredwithice.Onanotherwiseclearroad,icepatchesmay
appear in shadedareaswherethesuncan’treach:aroundclumps
of
a
trees,behindbuildings,orunderbridges.Sometimesthesurfaceof
curveoranoverpassmayremainicywhenthesurroundingroadsare
clear. If youseeapatch of iceahead ofyou,brake beforeyouareon
it. Try not to brake while you’re actually on the ice, and avoid sudden
steeringmaneuvers.
4-52
I
i
I-
: _
A1480028
If youarestoppedbyheavysnow,youcouldbeinaserioussituation.
You
should probably stay with your vehicle unless you know for sure that you are
nearhelpandyoucanhikethroughthesnow.Herearesomethingstodoto
summonhelpandkeepyourselfandyourpassengerssafe:Turnonyour
hazard flashers. Tie a red cloth
to your vehicle to alert police that you’ve
been stopped by the snow.Puton extra clothing or wrap a blanket around
you.Ifyouhavenoblanketsorextraclothing,makebodyinsulatorsfrom
newspapers,burlapbags,rags,floormats-anythingyoucanwraparound
yourselfortuckunderyourclothingtokeepwarm.
You canruntheengine
to keepwarm, but becareful.
I
Snowcantrapexhaustgasesunderyourvehicle.Thiscancause
to getinside.COcouldovercome
deadlyCO(carbonmonoxide)gas
youand kill you.You can’tsee it orsmell it, so youmightnotknow
it is in yourvehicle.Clearawaysnowfromaroundthebase
ofyour
vehicle, especially any that is blockingyourexhaustpipe.Andcheck
around again from time to time to be sure snow doesn’t collect there
Open a window just a
keep
helpwillThis
wind.
thefrom
little on the side of the vehicle that’s away
CO out.
4-53
I
I
-
.
- .
.
”
-
Your Driving and the Road
,
c.
‘6
.
..
AM480042
..
I>: ”
.,. .,,-.
Runyourengineonlyaslongasyoumust.Thissavesfuel.Whenyourun
theengine, makeitgoalittlefasterthanjustidle.Thatis,pushthe
acceleratorslightly.Thisuseslessfuelfortheheatthatyougetanditkeeps
thebatterycharged. You willneed a well-chargedbattery to restartthevehicle,andpossiblyforsignalinglateronwith
yourheadlights.Lettheheater
off andclosethewindowalmostallthe
runforawhile.Then,shuttheengine
when
way to preservetheheat.Starttheengineagainandrepeatthisonly
do it aslittleaspossible.
you feel reallyuncomfortablefromthecold.But
To helpkeepwarm,youcangetout
Preservethefuelaslongasyoucan.
so
of the vehicle and do somefairlyvigorousexerciseseveryhalfhouror
until helpcomes.
lf You’re Stuck in Deep Snow
Thismanualexplainshowtogetthevehicleout
ofdeepsnowwithout
damaging it. See“RockingYourVehicle’’
in theIndex.
Recreational Vehicle Towing
(FoueWheel Drive Only)
If yourvehiclehas4-wheeldriveyoumaytow
it behindanothervehicle
providing,itdoesnothavetheoptionalelectronicshifttransfercase.
4-54
Before towing you should:
1. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Place the auto’matictransmission in P(Park)orthemanualtransmission
in th:e lowest gear (1st gear).
3. Firmlyattach the vehiclebeingtowed to thetowvehicle.Refer
hitch manufacturer’sinstructions.
to the
I
to
ShiftingthetransfercasetoN(Neutral)cancauseyourvehicle
rolleven if thetransmission is in P(Park),foranautomatic
transmission.
transmission, or if yourvehicle is in gear,foramanual
This is because the transfer case overrides the transmission.
1 NOTICE
6. Insert the ignitionkey into theiginitionswitchand turn it onenotch.forward of the “LOCK’ position.Thisplacesthekey
into the“OFF”position,
whichunlocksthesteeringcolumnwhilepreventingbatterydrain.Unlocking the steering column will allow for proper movement
of the front
wheelshires during towing.
4-55
Your Driving and the Road
Towing a mailer
CAUTION
A
I
If youdon’tusethecorrectequipmentanddriveproperly,youcan
For example, if thetrailer is too
losecontrolwhenyoupullatrailer.
heavy,thebrakesmaynotwork
well-or evenatall.You
and your
if youhave
passengerscouldbeseriouslyinjured.Pullatraileronly
followed all thesteps in thissection.
Everyvehicleisreadyforsometrailertowing.
If it was t t withtrailering
options,asmanyare,it’sreadyforheaviertrailers.Buttraileringisdifferent
thanjustdrivingyourvehiclebyitself.Traileringmeanschanges
in handling,
durability,andfueleconomy.Successful,safetraileringtakescorrect
equipment,and it has to beusedproperly.
That’sthereasonforthissection.In
it aremanytime-tested,important
trailering tips and safety rules. Many
oftheseareimportantforyoursafety
So please read this section carefully before you
and thatofyourpassengers.
pull a trailer.
If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
If youdo,herearesomeimportantpoints.
e
e
e
e
Therearemanydifferentlawshaving
to dowithtrailering.Makesure
yourrigwillbelegal,notonlywhereyoulivebutalsowhereyou’llbe
driving. A good sourceforthisinformationcanbestateorprovincial
police.
Considerusingaswaycontrol
if your trailer will weigh 2,000 pounds
(900 kg) or less.You shouldalwaysuseaswaycontrol
if your trailer will
weighmorethan 2,000 pounds (900 kg).Youcanaskahitchdealer
about sway controls.
Don’ttowatrailerat
all during the first 500 miles (800 km)yournew
or otherpartscouldbedamaged.
vehicle is driven.Yourengine,axle,
Then,duringthefirst
500 miles (800 km) thatyoutowatrailer,don’t
driveover 50 mph (80 k d h ) anddon’tmakestartsatfullthrottle.This
helpsyourengineandotherpartsofyourvehiclewear
in attheheavier
loads.
4-56
Three important considerations have
to do with weight:
Weight of the Trailer
How heavycanatrailersafelybe?Itdependsonhowyouplantouseyour
rig.Forexample,speed,altitude,roadgrades,outsidetemperature,andhow
it canalso
muchyourvehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important. And,
dependonanyspecialequipmentthatyouhaveonyourvehicle.Youcan
us at
ask your dealer for our trailering information or advice, or you can write
theaddresslisted in yourWarrantyandOwnerAssistanceInformation
Booklet.
In Canada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited
Customer Assistance Center
1908Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa,OntarioL1H 8P7
Weight of the Trailer Tongue
Thetongueload (A) ofany trailer is animportantweighttomeasurebecause
it affects the total or gross weight of your vehicle. The gross vehicle weight
(GVW) includes the curb weight of thevehicle,anycargoyoumaycarry
in it,
and the people who will be riding in thevehicle.Andifyoutowatrailer,you
must add the tongue load to the
GVW because your vehicle will be carrying
thatweight,too.See“Loading
YourVehicle”intheIndexformoreinformation
aboutyourvehicle’smaximumloadcapaci’
AN490002
If you’reusinga“dead-weight”hitch,thetrailertongue
(A)shouldweigh10%
of thetotalloadedtrailerweight
(B). If youhavea“weight-distributing”hitch,
4-57
Your Driving and the Road
thetrailertongue (A) shouldweigh 12% ofthe totalloadedtrailerweight
Afteryou’veloadedyourtrailer,weighthetrailerandthenthetongue,
If theyaren’t,youmaybeable
separately, to see if theweightsareproper.
to getthemrightsimplybymovingsomeitemsaroundinthetrailer.
(B).
TotalWeight on YourVehicle’sTires
to thelimitforcoldtires.You’llfind
Be sureyourvehicle’stiresareinflated
thesenumbersontheCertificationLabelonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar(or
see“Tire-Loading”intheIndex).Thenbesureyoudon’tgoovertheGVW
limit for your vehicle.
Hitches
It’simportanttohavethecorrecthitchequipment.Crosswinds,largetrucks
going by,androughroadsare
a fewreasonswhyyou’llneedtherighthitch.
Here are some rules to follow:
If you’llbepulling a trailerthat,whenloaded,willweighmorethan
pounds (900 kg)besuretouseaproperlymountedweight-distributing
of thepropersize.Thisequipmentisvery
hitchandswaycontrol
importantforpropervehicleloadingandgoodhandlingwhenyou’re
driving.
2,000
2,000 pounds (900 kg)withastepbumperhitch,
You cantowtrailersupto
foot, your bumper could be
but if your trailer tongue has a V-shaped
damaged in sharpturns.Checkthedistancefromthefrontedgeofthefoot
to themiddle of thehitchballsocket.
If thedistanceislessthan
12 inches,
take the foot off the trailer tongue.
Safety Chains
You shouldalwaysattachchainsbetweenyourvehicleandyourtrailer.Cross
so that the tongue will not
the safety chains under the tongue of the trailer
it becomesseparatedfromthehitch.Instructionsabout
droptotheroadif
safetychainsmaybeprovidedbythehitchmanufactureror
by thetrailer
manufacturer.Followthemanufacturer’srecommendationforattachingsafety
so youcanturnwithyourrig.And,
chains.Alwaysleavejustenoughslack
neverallowsafetychainstodragontheground.
Trailer Brakes
If yourtrailerweighsmorethan
1,000 pounds (450 kg)loaded,then it needs
itsownbrakes-andtheymustbeadequate.
Be suretoreadandfollowthe
instructionsforthetrailerbrakes
to install,adjustandmaintainthemproperly.
And:
-
Don’ttapintoyourvehicle’sbrakesystem
if thetrailer’sbrakesystem
willusemorethan 0.02 cubicinch ( 0 . 3 ~ ~of) fluidfromyourvehicle’s
mastercylinder. If it does,bothbrakingsystemswon’tworkwell.You
couldevenloseyourbrakes.
Willthetrailerbrakepartstake3,000psi
(20 650 kPa)ofpressure?
not,thetrailerbrakesystemmustnotbeusedwithyourvehicle.
If
If everythingchecksoutthisfar,thenmakethebrakefluidtapatthe
portonthemastercylinderthatsendsfluidtotherearbrakes.Butdon’t
If youdo, it willbend and finallybreak off.
usecoppertubingforthis.
Usesteelbraketubing.
Driving with a Trailer
Towing atrailerrequiresacertainamountofexperience.Beforesettingout
fortheopenroad,you’llwanttogettoknowyourrig.Acquaintyourselfwith
of thetrailer.And
thefeel of handlingandbrakingwiththeaddedweight
alwayskeep in mindthatthevehicleyouaredrivingisnowagooddeal
longerandnotnearly so responsiveasyourvehicleisbyitself.
Beforeyoustart,checkthetrailerhitchandplatform,safetychains,electrical
If thetrailerhaselectricbrakes,
connector,lights,tiresandmirroradjustment.
startyourvehicleandtrailermovingandthenapplythetrailerbrakecontroller
byhandtobesurethebrakesareworking.Thisletsyoucheckyourelectrical
connectionatthesametime.
Duringyourtrip,checkoccasionallytobesurethattheload
that the lights and any trailer brakes are still working.
4-59
is secure,and
Your Driving and the Road
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead as you would when
drivingyourvehiclewithoutatrailer.Thiscanhelpyouavoidsituationsthat
requireheavybrakingandsuddenturns.
Passing
You’llneedmorepassingdistanceupaheadwhenyou’retowingatrailer.
to go muchfarther
And,becauseyou’reagooddeallonger,you’llneed
to yourlane.
beyondthepassedvehiclebeforeyoucanreturn
Backing Up
Holdthebottom of thesteeringwheelwithonehand.Then,tomovethe
trailer left, just move your hand to the left.
To movethetrailertotheright,
moveyourhand to theright.Alwaysbackupslowlyand,ifpossible,have
someoneguideyou.
Making Turns
Whenyou’returningwithatrailer,makewiderturnsthannormal.
Do this so
yourtrailerwheelswon’tstrikesoftshoulders,curbs,roadsigns,trees,or
otherobjects.Avoidjerkyorsuddenmaneuvers.Signalwell
in advance.
Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer
Whenyoutowatrailer,yourvehiclehas
to have a different turn signal
flasherandextrawiring.Thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflash
wheneveryousignalaturnorlanechange.Properlyhookedup,thetrailer
to turn,changelanes,
lights will also flash, telling other drivers you’re about
or stop.
Whentowingatrailer,thegreenarrowsonyourinstrumentpanelwillflashfor
turnseven if thebulbsonthetrailerareburnedout.Thus,youmaythink
It’s important to
driversbehindyouareseeingyoursignalwhentheyarenot.
check occasionally to be sure the trailer bulbs are still working.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
before youstartdownalongor
to useyourbrakes
steepdowngrade. If youdon’tshiftdown,youmighthave
so muchthattheywouldgethotandnolongerworkwell.
Onalonguphillgrade,shiftdownandreduceyourspeedtoaround
(70 km/h)toreducethepossibilityofengineandtransmissionoverheating.
45 mph
If youhaveanautomatictransmission,youshoulduse
D whentowinga
trailer.Operatingyourvehicle in D whentowingatrailerwillminimizeheat
buildupandextendthelife
ofyourtransmission.Or,ifyouhaveamanual
transmissionwithfifthgear,it’sbetternottousefifthgear,justdrive
in fourth
to, alowergear).
gear(or,asyouneed
4-60
Parking on Hills
You reallyshouldnotparkyourvehicle,withatrailerattached,onahill.
If
somethinggoeswrong,yourrigcouldstart
to move.Peoplecanbeinjured,
and both your vehicle and the trailer can
be damaged.
But if youeverhavetoparkyourrigonahill,here’showtodoit:
1. Applyyourregularbrakes,butdon’tshiftinto
P (Park)yet,orintogear
for a manual transmission.
2. Havesomeoneplacechocksunderthetrailerwheels.
3. Whenthewheelchocksare
chocksabsorbtheload.
in place,releasetheregularbrakesuntilthe
4. Reapplytheregularbrakes.Thenapplyyourparkingbrake,andthen
shiftto P (Park), or R (Reverse)foramanualtransmission.
5. If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercaseshift
lever,besurethetransfercaseis
in adrive gear-not in N (Neutral).
6. Releasetheregularbrakes.
A
It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle
fully in P (Park)withtheparkingbrakefirmlyset.
roll.
if the shift lever is not
Your vehiclecan
If youhavelefttheenginerunning,thevehiclecanmovesuddenly.
You or others could be injured. To be sure your vehicle won’t move,
evenwhenyou’reonfairlylevelground,usethestepsthatfollow.
If youhavefour-wheeldrivewithamanualtransfercaseshiftlever
andyourtransfercaseis
in N (Neutral),yourvehiclewillbefreeto
roll,even ifyour shiftleveris in P (Park). So besurethetransfer
caseis in adrivegear-not
in N (Neutral). If youareparkingona
hill, orifyou’re pullingatrailer,seealso“ParkingOnHills”
in the
Index.
When You Are Ready to Leave After Parking on a Hill
1. Applyyourregularbrakesand
hold thepedaldownwhileyou:
Startyourengine.
Shiftintoagear;and
Releasetheparkingbrake.
4-61
Your Driving and the Road
2. Let upon thebrakepedal.
3. Driveslowlyuntilthetrailer
is clear of thechocks.
4. Stopandhavesomeonepickupandstorethechocks.
Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Your vehiclewillneedservicemoreoftenwhenyou’repullingatrailer.See
theMaintenanceScheduleformoreonthis.Thingsthatareespecially
important in traileroperationareautomatictransmissionfluid(don’toverfill),
engineoil,axlelubricant,belt,coolingsystem,andbrakeadjustment.Each
theseiscovered in thismanual,andtheIndexwillhelpyou
find them
to reviewthesesectionsbefore
quickly. If you’re trailering,it’sagoodidea
you start your trip.
Checkperiodically to seethatallhitchnutsandboltsaretight.
Trailer Light Wiring
See“TrailerWiringHarness”
in theIndex.
Power Winches
If youwish to useapowerwinchonyourvehicle,onlyuse
vehicle is stationary oranchored.
it whenyour
NOTICE
Usetheregularbrakes,settheparkingbrake
your vehicle from rolling.
4-62
Or UIWK
ihe wheels
IW
keep
of
prOb/ems on the Road
.
.
-
r
7
Here you’ll find what
to do about some problems that can occur on the road
.
.....................................................................................
5-2
Other Warning Devices .........................................................................................
5-3
Jump Starting ........................................................................................................ 5-3
Towing Your Vehicle .............................................................................................. 5-7
Engine Overheating............................................................................................... 5-9
If a Tire Goes Flat ..............................................................................................
5-15
Changing a Flat Tire ........................................................................................... 5-16
Compact Spare Tire ............................................................................................
5-28
If You’reStuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow
...................................................5-30
Hazard Warning Flashers
Problems on the Road
AM505003
Your hazardwarningflashersletyouwarnothers.Theyalsoletpoliceknow
youhaveaproblem. Your frontandrear turn signallightswillflashonand
off. But they won’t flash if you’rebraking.
i
Pressthebuttonin
and off.
to makeyourfrontandrearturnsignallightsflashon
Your hazard warning flashers work no matter what position your key
andeven if thekeyisn’tin.
is in,
To turn off theflashers, pull outonthecollar.
Whenthehazardwarningflashersareon,yourturnsignalswon’twork.
Other Warning Devices
If youcarryreflectivetriangles,youcansetoneupattheside
about 300 feet (100 m) behindyourvehicle.
of theroad
Jump Starting
If yourbatteryhasrundown,youmaywant
to useanothervehicleandsome
jumpercablestostartyourvehicle.Butpleasefollowthestepsbelow
to do it
safely.
mwlmm
A
A
Batteries cart hurt you. They m bedangerousbecause:
* Theycontain acid that can burnyou.
Theycontain gas that can explode or ignite.
* They containenough electricity to burn you.
If you don’t follow these steps exactly, some 01: all .of thlese things
canhurt yoW.
I
To Jump Start Your Vehicle
1. Checktheothervehicle.
groundsystem.
I
W
It musthave a 12-voltbatterywith
ti negative
I
U I IWL
5-3
2. Getthevehiclescloseenough
so thejumpercablescanreach,butbe
surethevehiclesaren’ttouchingeachother.Iftheyare,itcouldcause
groundconnectionyoudon’twant.
Youwouldn’tbeable
to startyour
vehicle,andthebadgroundingcoulddamagetheelectricalsystems.
1
a
CAUTION
* You couldbeinjuredifthevehiclesroll.Settheparkingbrakefirmly
oneachvehicle.Putanautomatictransmission
in P (Park)or a
manualtransmission in N (Neutral).
If youhaveafour-wheel-drivevehiclewithamanualtransfercase
N (Neut--’).
shiftlever,besurethetra-fercaseisnotin
I
I
3. Turn off theignition on bothvehicles.Turn off alllightsthataren’t
needed,andradios.Thiswillavoidsparksandhelpsavebothbatteries.
And it couldsaveyourradio!
4. Openthehoodsandlocatethebatteries.Findthepositive
negative (-) terminals on eachbattery.
*
(t) arlu
Using a matchnear a batterycancausebatterygastoexplode.
Peoplehavebeenhurtdoingthis,andsomehavebeenblinded.Use
aflashlightifyouneedmorelight.
I
Youdon’tneedtoaddwatertotheDelcoFreedom@batteryinstaller’
in everynew GM vehicle.But if abatteryhasfillercaps,besurethG
rightamountoffluid
isthere. If it is low,addwater to takecareof
thatfirst. If youdon’t,explosivegascouldbepresent.
I
Batteryfluidcontainsacidthatcanburnyou.Don’tget
it onyou. If
you accidentally get it in youreyesor on yourskin,flushtheplace
with
water
and
get
medical
help
immediately.
5. Checkthatthejumpercablesdon’thaveloose
or missinginsulation. If
they do, you couldget a shock.Thevehiclescouldbedamaged,too.
5-4
I
Beforeyouconnectthecables,herearesomethingsyoushouldknow.
Positive (t)willgo to positive (t) andnegative, (-) willgotoanegative
(-) orametalenginepart.Don'tconnect
(t)to (-) oryou'llgeta
shortthatwoulddamagethebatteryandmaybeotherparts,too.
CAUTION
/
Fansorothermovingenginepartscaninjureyoubadly.Keepyour
handsawayfrommovingpartsoncetheenginesarerunning.
Y
6. Connecttheredpositive
(t) cabletothepositive
(t) terminal of the
vehiclewiththedeadbattery.Usearemotepositive
(t) terminalifthe
vehiclehasone.
Dead
Battery
(+)
Good
Battery
(t)
7. Don'tlettheotherendtouchmetal.Connectittothepositive
(t)
terminal of thegoodbattery.Usearemotepositive
(t)terminal if the
vehiclehasone.
8. Nowconnecttheblacknegative
(-) cable to thegoodbattery'snegative
(-) terminal.
Don'tlettheotherendtouchanythinguntilthenextstep.Theotherend
of thenegativecable doesn't gotothedeadbattery.
It goestoaheavy
unpaintedmetalpartontheengine
of thevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
18 inches (45 cm)awayfromthedeadbattery,
9. Attachthecableatleast
butnotnearenginepartsthatmove.Theelectricalconnectionisjustas
goodthere,butthechance
ofsparksgettingbacktothebattery
is much
less.
5-5
Prob/ems on the Road
Good Battery (-)
Heavy
Metal
Engine
Part
L1
r“
L
PO1 67
10. Now startthevehiclewiththegoodbatteryandruntheenginefor
awhile.
11. Try to startthevehiclewiththedeadbattery.
If it won’tstartafter
a fewtries, it probably needs service.
12. Removethecables in reverseordertopreventelectricalshorting.Take
care that they don’t touch each other or any other metal.
5-6
I
!
Towing Your Vehicle
Try to have a GM dealeroraprofessionaltowingservicetowyourvehicle.
Theycanprovidetherightequipmentandknowhow
to towitwithout
damage.
If yourvehiclehasbeenchangedsince
it wasfactory-new,byaddingthings
likefoglamps,aeroskirting,orspecialtiresandwheels,thesethingscould
bedamagedduringtowing.
Beforeyoudoanything,turnonthehazardwarningflashers.
Whenyoucall,
tell thetowingservice:
Thatyourvehiclehasrear-wheeldrive,orthatithasthefour-wheeldrive
option.
0
Themake,model,andyearofyourvehicle.
Whetheryoucanmovetheshiftleverforthetransmissionandshiftthe
transfercase, if youhaveone.
If therewasanaccident,whatwasdamaged.
I CAUTION
A
To help avoid injury
to you orothers:
* Neverletpassengersride‘in
Never tow fasterthansafe
0
Nevertowwithdamaged
Nevergetunderyour
truck.
.
0
a vehiclethat is beingtowed.
or postedspeeds.
pads not fully secured.
vehide after it hasbeenliftedbythetow
Alwaysuseseparatesafetychainsoneachsidewhentowing
vehicle.
Neveruse “J” hooks.UseT-hooksinstead.
5-7
a
, vr
KO519
Whenyour vehicle is beingtowed,havetheignitionkey
off. Thesteering
wheelshouldbeclamped in astraight-aheadpositionwithaclampingdevice
designedforatowingservice.Donotusethevehicle'ssteeringcolumn
lock forthis.Thetransmission(eitherautomaticormanual)shouldbe
in
N (Neutral)andthetransfercase(eithermanualshiftorelectronicshift),
if
youhaveone,shouldbe
in 2 WHEEL (two-wheeldrive).Theparkingbrake
shouldbereleased.
Don't have your vehicle towed on the rear (drive) wheels, unless
you have to,
If thevehiclemustbetowedontherearwheels,don't
go morethan 35 mph
(56 km/h)or farther than 50 miles (80 km)oryourtransmission
will be
damaged. If theselimitsmustbeexceeded,thenthereardrivewheelshave
to besupportedonadolly.
Ifyourvehiclehasthefour-wheel-driveoption,adolly
the rear wheels when towing from the front.
5-8
MUST beusedunder
Engine Overheating
You will find a coolant temperature gage on your vehicle inslrument panel.
If Steam IS Coming From Your Engine:
. ,, ..;.,
I
,
.
,
I
..,.,
$.$&<4g&&$'.:?,'$;;$
~
;,";,&,.,.&
$&$&&%,+
.
.
KO714
1
I
,A
Steamfromanoverheatedenginecanburnyoubadly,even
if you
if yousee or hear
justopenthehood.Stayawayfromtheengine
off andgeteveryoneawayfrom
steamcomingfromit.Justturnit
thevehicleuntilitcoolsdown.Waituntilthere
is no signofsteamor
coolantbeforeopeningthehood.
If youkeepdrivingwhenyourengine
is overheated,theliquidsinit
cancatchfire. Youor otherscouldbebadlyburned.Stopyour
is
engine if itoverheats,andgetoutofthevehicleuntiltheengine
cool.
NCITICE
5-9
Problems on the Road
If No Steam Is Coming From Your Engine:
If yougettheoverheatwarningbutsee
or hearnosteam,theproblemmay
too hotwhenyou:
notbetooserious.Sometimestheenginecangetalittle
Climbalonghillonahotday.
Stopafterhighspeeddriving.
Idleforlongperiods
in traffic.
Tow atrailer.
If you get the overheat warning with no sign
or so:
ofsteam,trythisforaminute
1. If youhaveanairconditioner,turn
it off.
2. Turnyourheater to full hot at the highest fan speed and open the
windowasnecessary.
3. If you're in atrafficjam,shift to N (Neutral).
If younolongerhavetheoverheatwarning,youcandrive.
Just to besafe,
driveslowerforabouttenminutes.Ifthewarningdoesn'tcomebackon,you
candrivenormally.
If thewarningcontinues,pullover,stop,andparkyourvehiclerightaway.
If there'sstillnosign ofsteam,pushtheacceleratoruntiltheenginespeedis
abouttwiceasfastasnormalidlespeed.Bringtheenginespeedback
to
if thewarningstops.
normalidlespeedafter two or threeminutes.Nowsee
OFF THEENGINEANDGET
Butthen, if you stillhavethewarning,TURN
EVERYONE OUT OF THE VEHICLE until it cools down.
Youmay decide not to lift the hood but to getservicehelprightaway.
KO715
5-1 0
I
Whenyoudecideit'ssafe
to liftthehood,here'swhatyou'llsee:
A. Coolantrecoverytank
B. Radiatorpressurecap
C. Enginefan
If the coolant inside the coolantrecoverytankisboiling,don'tdoanything
else until it coolsdown.
Thecoolant level shouldbeat orabovethe ADD mark. If it isn't,youmay
havealeak in theradiatorhoses,heaterhoses,radiatororwaterpumpor
somewhere else in the cooling system.
I
CAUTION
Heaterandradiatorhoses,andotherengineparts,canbeveryhot.
Don'ttouchthem. If youdo,youcanbeburned.
If youruntheengine,itcould
runtheengine if thereisaleak.
looseallcoolant.That could causeanenginefire,andyoucouldbe
burned. Get any leak fixed before you drive the vehicle.
NOTICF
If thereseems to be noleak,start the engineagain to see if the fan runs
off the
when theenginedoes. If it doesn't,yourvehicleneedsservice.Turn
engine.
5-1 1
How to Add Coolant to the Coolant Recovery Tank
If youhaven’tfound a problemyet,butthecoolantlevelisn’tat
or abovethe
ADD mark,add a 50/50 mixture of clean water (preferablydistilled)andthe
properantifreezeatthecoolantrecoverytank.(See“EngineCoolant”inthe
Indexformoreinformationaboutthepropercoolantmix.)
I CAUTION
4
Adding only plain water to your cooling system can be dangerous.
Rain water, or someotherliquid,like alcohill, can boil before the
proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mix. With plain water,
or the wrong mix, your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Your engine could catch fire and you or others could be burned. Use
‘a 5Q/Mmix of clean wafer and a proper antifreeze.
NOTICE
In cold weather,water can freeze and crack the en1
coreandother parts. Usetherecommendedcoolan
I
*
CAUTION
I
I’
I
You can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts. Coolant
b contains ethylene glycol and it wil’l burn if the engine parts are hot
enough. Don’t spill coolant on a hot engine.
Whenthecoolantinthecoolantrecoverytankisatorabovethe
start your vehicle.
ADD mark,
If theoverheatwarningcontinues,there’sonemorethingyoucantry.
canaddthepropercoolantmixdirectlytotheradiator,butbesurethe
coolingsystem is coolbeforeyou doit.
A
Steamandscaldingliquidsfrom
a hotcoolingsystemcanblowout
andburnyoubadly.Theyareunderpressure,and
ifyouturnthe
radiatorpressurecap-even
a little-theycancomeoutathigh
speed.Neverturnthepressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
including the radiator pressure cap, is hot.
Waitforthecooling
to cool ifyoueverhavetoturn
systemandradiatorpressurecap
thepressurecap.
5-1 2
You
KO717
How to Add Coolant to the Radiator
1. You canremovetheradiatorpressurecapwhenthecoolingsystem,
is nolonger
includingtheradiator -pressure capandupperradiatorhose,
hot. Turn thepressurecapslowly to theleftuntil it firststops.(Don’t
If youheara“hiss,”waitfor
pressdownwhileturningthepressurecap).
that to stop. A “hiss’’meansthereis still somepressureleft.
I
KO7
2. Thenkeepturningthepressurecap,butnowpushdownasyouturn
Removethepressurecap.
5-1 3
it.
Pmb/ems on the Road
c
KO719
3. Filltheradiatorwiththeproper
4. Then fill thecoolantrecoverytank
mix,up to thebase of thefillerneck.
to the ADD mark.
5. Put thecapbackonthecoolantrecoverytank,butleavetheradiator
pressure cap off.
KO720
6. Start theengineandlet
it rununtilyoucan
gettinghot.Watchoutfortheenginefan.
feel theupperradiatorhose
7. By thistime,thecoolantlevelinsidetheradiatorfillerneckmaybe
lower. If thelevel is lower,addmore of thepropermixthroughthefiller
of thefillerneck.
neckuntilthelevelreachesthebase
5-1 4
KO721
8. Thenreplacethepressurecap.Besurethearrowsonthepressurecap
lineuplikethis.
Engine Fan Noise
Thisvehicle has aclutchedenginecoolingfan.Whentheclutchisengaged,
thefanspinsfaster to providemoreairtocooltheengine.
In mosteveryday
drivingconditionstheclutchisnotengaged.Thisimprovesfueleconomyand
reduces fan noise.Underheavyvehicleloading,trailertowingandlorhigh
So
outsidetemperatures,thefanspeedincreaseswhentheclutchengages.
youmayhear anincrease in fannoise.Thisisnormalandshouldnotbe
It ismerelythe
mistakenasthetransmissionslippingormakingextrashifts.
coolingsystemfunctioningproperly.Thefanwillslowdownwhenadditional
coolingisnotrequired
and theclutchdisengages.
Youmay alsohearthisfannoisewhenyoustarttheengine.
asthefanclutchdisengages.
It willgoaway
If a Tire Goes Flat
It’sunusualforatireto“blowout”whileyou’redriving,especiallyifyou
atire,it’smuchmorelikelyto
maintainyourtiresproperly. If airgoesoutof
leakoutslowly.Butifyoushouldeverhavea“blowout,”hereareafewtips
aboutwhattoexpectandwhattodo:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag that pulls the vehicle toward
thatside.Takeyourfootofftheacceleratorpedalandgrip
the steering wheel
firmly.Steertomaintainlaneposition,thengentlybraketoastopwelloutof
the traffic lane.
5-1 5
Problems on the Road
A rearblowout,particularlyon a curve,actsmuchlike
a skidand may,
requirethesamecorrectionyou'dusein
a skid. In anyrearblowout,remove
yourfootfromtheacceleratorpedal.Getthevehicleundercontrolbysteering
to go. It maybeverybumpyandnoisy,but
the wayyouwantthevehicle
to a stop,well off theroad if possible.
youcanstillsteer.Gentlybrake
If yourtiregoesflat,thenextpartshowshowtouseyourjackingequipment
tochange a flattiresafely.
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goesflat,avoidfurther
tire andwheeldamagebydrivingslowlyto
levelplace.Turnonyourhazardwarningflashers.
a
I CAUTION
A Changing a tire cancauseaninjury.Thevehiclecan
slip off the jack
A and roll over you or other people. You andtheycoulldbebadly
injured. Fin'd a level place to change your tire.
To help prevent the
vehiclefrommoving:
I. Settheparkingbrakefirmly.
2. Puttheshiftleverin
P (Park).
3. Shift a manualtransmissionto
1 (First) or R (Reverse).
4. If youhave a four-wheel-drivevehiclewith
case shift lever,besurethetransfercaseis
gear-not in N (Neutral).
a manu'altransfer
in a drive
'
5- Turn off the engine.
To be even more certain the. vehick won'tmove,youcan put blocks
at the front and rear of the tire farthest away from the one being
on the other side of thevehicle,at
changed. That would be the tire
the opposite end.
5-1 6
I
AM545003
The following steps will
Theequipmentyou'llneed
the truck.
tell you how to usethejackandchangeatire.
is behind theseat. Your sparetire is stowedunder
KO748
Jack Storage
Your jack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocksarestored
either on the center wall or along the right wall.
behind thefrontseats,
To removeyour jack cover, if youhaveone,turntheplasticwingnut
left untilyoucan pull it out.Remove the jack cover.
5-1 7
to the
To removethewheelblocks,iackandwheelwrench,turnthewinanut
off.
left.Pullthewheelblocks,jackandwheelwrench
"
to the
KO756
Spare Tire
1
KO744
Your spare tire is storedunderneaththerear
Underbody Carrier
of yourvehicle.
To helpavoidpersonalinjuryandpropertydamage,neverremove
or
restow a tire fromlto a stowage position under the vehicle while the
vehicleissupported by a jack.Alwaystightenthe tire fullyagainst
restowing.
when
vehicle
of the
underside
the
I
KOi'63
5-1 9
Ppob/ems on the Road
To Remove the Spare Tire
r
L
KO745
Insertthechiselend of thewheelwrench,onanangle,intothehole
rear bumper.Be sure the chisel end of thewheelwrenchconnects
hoist shaft.
in the
into the
KO747
Turnthewheelwrench to theleft to lowerthesparetire.Keepturningthe
wheelwrenchuntilthesparetirecanbepulledoutfromunderthevehicle.
Whenthetirehasbeencompletelylowered,
tilt theretainerattheend
cableandpull it throughthewheelopening.Pullthetireoutfromunderthe
vehicle.
5-20
of the
Changing the Tire
Startwiththejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblocks.
Rotate the jackhandle clockwise (to the right). That, will raise the jack
a little.
lift head
I
F
F
KO503
Before you start, block the front and rear
onebeingchanged.Thenputyourspare
5-2 1
of the tire farthest awayfrom the
tire neartheflattire.
Pmb/ems on the Road
Hub Caps And Wheel Nut Caps
You willhavetotake
off hubcapsorwheelnutcapstoreachyourwheel
nuts.
If youhaveindividualwheelnutcapsthatcovereachnut,theymustbe
removed in order to getthewheelnuts.Usethesocketend
of thewheel
wrench to removethewheelnutcaps.
Yourwheel nutcapsmayattachyourhubcap
to the wheel.Removethese
off thehubcap.
wheelnutcapsbeforeyoutake
If youhavejustanaluminum
or plasticmoldedhubcap, pry it off withthe
of themoldedplastichubcapshave
chiselend of yourwheelwrench.Some
imitationwheelnutsmoldedintothem.Thewheelwrenchwon'tfitthese
of thewheel
imitationnuts, so don'ttry to removethemwiththesocketend
wrench.
PO170
Using the wheelwrench,loosen all the wheelnuts.Don'tremovethemyet.
5-22
PO345
Position the jack under the vehicle.
Your vehiclehasaholeintheframeneareachfrontwheel,andaholein
thespringhangerneareachrearwheelforthejack.Fitthejackintothe
hole nearest the flat tire.
I CAUTION
Gettingunderavehiclewhen
it is jacked up is dangerous. If the
vehicleslips off thejack,youcouldbebadlyinjuredorkilled.Never
by ajack.
getunderavehiclewhenitissupportedonly
5-23
1
Problems on the Road
KO751
Raisethevehicle by rotatingthejackhandleclockwise. Raise thevehiclefar
enough off--hke.-groundso there is enough.roomfor thesparetire to fit.
\
d
PO171
Removeallthewheelnutsandtakeofftheflattire.
5-24
I
I
CAUT'oN
A
4
Rust or dirt on the wheel, or onthe parts to which it is fastened,
can make the wheel nub become loose after a time. The wheel
could come off and cause an accident. When you change a
wheel,
remove any rust or dirt from the places where the wheel attaches to
the vehicle. In an emergency, you can use a doth or apapertowel
you
to do this; but be sure to use a scraperorwirebrushlater,if
need to, to get all the rust or dirt off.
KO754
Removeanyrustordirtfromthewheelbolts,mountingsurfacesorspare
wheel.Placethespareonthewheelmountingsurface.
I
L
Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. If you do, the nuts might
comeloose.Yourwheel
could fall off, causing a serious accident.
Problems on the Road
Putonthesparetire.
KO755
Replacethewheelnutswiththeroundedend
of thenutstowardthewheel.
Tighteneachnutbyhanduntilthewheelisheldagainstthehub.
_
., .
,~
i .,
,
. 9,;
.;
-
KO757
Lowerthevehiclebyrotatingthejackhandlecounterclockwise.Lowerthejack
completely.
1
I
KO758
Tightenthewheelnutsfirmly
thewheelblocks.
A
in acriss-crosssequenceasshown.Remove
Incorrectwheelnuts or improperlytightenedwheelnutscancause
off. This could lead to
thewheel to becomelooseandevencome
anaccident.Besure to usethecorrectwheelnuts.
If youhave to
replacethem,besure to gettherightkind.
Stopsomewhere as soonasyoucanandhavethenuts
with a torquewrench to 95 ft. Ibs. (130 N.m ).
tightened
Storing The Tire in The Underbody Carrier
Putthetireonthegroundattherear
of thevehicle,withthevalvestem
pointeddownand to the rear.
Pull theretainingbarthroughthewheel.
Put thechiselend of thewheel
wrench,onan angle,throughthehole in therearbumperandintothehoist
shaft.Turn the wheelwrenchclockwise until the tire is raisedagainstthe
underside of the vehicle.
You willheartwo“clicks”whenthe
makesure.
tire is secure, but pull onthe tire to
5-27
Problenrs on the Road
KO546
Returnthejack,wheelwrenchandwheelblockstotheproperlocationbehind
theseat.Securetheitemsandreplacethejackcover.
I
Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment
in thepassenger
compartmentof thevehiclecouldcauseinjury.
In asuddenstopor
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese
in
proper
theplace.
Compact Spare (If So Equipped)
Althoughyourcompactsparewasfullyinflatedwhenthevehiclewasnew,
it canloseairovertime.Checkitsinflationpressureregularly.
It shouldbe
60 psi (420 kPa).Thecompactspareismade
to goup to 3,000 miles
(5000 km), so youcanfinishyour trip andgetanewtirewhereyouwant.
a full-sizetire assoonasyou
Ofcourse,it'sbesttoreplaceyoursparewith
can.Yoursparewill
lastlongerandbeingoodshape
in caseyoueverneed
itagain.
5-28
I
NOTICE
Don’tuseyourcompactspareonsomeothervehicle.Anddon’tmixyour
compact spare or wheel with other wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your
spareanditswheeltogether.
I CAUTION
I
A
~~
~
Storingajack,atire,
or otherequipment in thepassenger
compartment of the vehicle could causeinjury. In asuddenstop or
collision,looseequipmentcouldstrikesomeone.Storeallthese
in
the proper place.
NOTICE
5-29
Pm6/ems on the Road
If You’re Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or
snow
Whatyou don’t wanttodowhenyourvehicle
is stuck is to spinyour
wheels.Themethodknownas“rocking”canhelpyougetoutwhenyou’re
stuck,butyoumustusecaution.
~
fi
If you letyourtiresspin
at high speed, theycanexplodeand you1 or
others could beinjured.And, the transmiss’ion or other parts ofthe
vehicle can overheat. That could cause an engine comparlme’nt fire
or other damage.Whenyou’re stuck, spin the wheels as little as
possible. Don’t spin the wheelsabove 35 rnph 1(55krn/h) as shown
oln thespeedometer.
Rocking Your Vehicle To Get It Out:
First, turn yoursteeringwheelleftandright.Thatwillcleartheareaaround
R (Reverse)anda
yourfront wheels.Then shiftbackandforthbetween
1 (First)or 2 (Second)
forwardgear(orwithamanualtransmission,between
gearand R (Reverse),spinningthewheelsaslittleaspossible.Releasethe
acceleratorpedalwhileyoushift,andpresslightly
on theacceleratorpedal
If thatdoesn’tgetyououtafterafewtries,
whenthetransmissionisingear.
if your
youmayneed to betowed out. Or,youcanuseyourrecoveryhooks,
vehiclehasthem. If you do need to betowedout,see“TowingYourVehicle’’
intheIndex.
5-30
Using the Recovery Hooks
If youevergetstuck in sand,mud, ice orsnow,your venicie may De
equippedwithrecoveryhooks.Therecoveryhooksareprovidedatthefront
to usethem if you'restuckoff-roadandneed
ofyourvehi'cle.Youmayneed
to be pulled to someplacewhereyoucancontinuedriving.
CAUTION
Therecoveryhooks,whenused,areunderalot
of force.Always
thevehiclestraightout.Never
pull on thehooksatasideways
off andyouorotherscouldbeinjured
angle.Thehookscouldbreak
fromthe chain orcablesnappingback.
5-31
I NOTICE
5-32
-
Service & Appearance Care
Section
Hereyouwill find informationaboutthecare of yourvehicle.Thispartbegins
withserviceand fuel information,andthen it showshow to checkimportant
is alsotechnicalinformationaboutyour
fluidandlubricantlevels.There
vehicle,andasectiondevoted
to its appearancecare.
Service ..........,.,..r.l.......,... . .....,,........,....,......................,. ...............=................=..... 6-3
Fuel ......................,...................................................
,..,, ,..................*....,.........6-4
Hood .................................................................,.....
6-7
Checking Things Under the
.......,. .... 6-9
Engine Oil I.....................1............11..........,.......,.,..I...................r.............
Air Cleaner..................,.................................................
.............-.........- ...........6-14
Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................-............ ....................................6-16
Manual Transmission Fluid....,.,.......................... ..........................................6-19
Hydraulic Clutch ,..........,......,....,..........I...I....I.................................................6-20
-.................6-21
Rear Axle ............ ..................... .............I...............I..I........................
=
Transfer Case ................................................,.~...............................................6-21
Front Axle .......I.............I......I.....................r..........I...r..................I......I.II...I......6-22
Engine Coolant...........................
Power Steering Fluid.....,.
~
.................................
r..l................................6-23
.....................................................................6-27
3.,Iri.1111r
...................................................... ....................6-28
.. .............................................
.6-29
Brake Master Cylinder....................
6-30
Replacing Brake System Parts ............................................................,..........,..
WindshieldWasherFluid
6-1
Service & Appearance Care
Battery ..................................................................................................................
6-31
...................................................................................................6-31
Bulb Replacement ...............................................................................................6-31
Other Maintenance Items ...................................................................................6-34
Loading Your Vehicle .......................................................................................... 6-38
Tires...................................................................................................................... 6-43
Appearance Care ................................................................................................ 6-50
6-57
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ...................................................................
Service Parts Identification Label ......................................................................6-59
Fuses and Circuit Breakers ................................................................................
6-59
Capacities and Specification Charts ..................................................................6-61
Vehicle Storage
6-2
t
Service
Your GeneralMotorsdealerknowsyourvehiclebestandwantsyoutobe
happywithit.Wehopeyou’llgo
to yourdealerforallyourserviceneeds.
You’llgetgenuineGMpartsandGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeople.
We hope you’ll want to keepyourGMvehicleallGM.
thesemarks:
GM partshaveone
Doing Your Own Service Work
If youwantto do someofyourown
service work, you’ll want to get the
properGeneralMotorsServiceManual.Ittellsyoumuchmoreabouthowto
To ordertheproperservice
serviceyourvehiclethanthismanualcan.
manual,see“ServicePublications”
in theIndex.
You shouldkeep a recordwithallpartsreceiptsandlistthemileageand
date ofanyserviceworkyouperform.See“MaintenanceRecord”
Index.
inthe
Yolu can be injured if you try to do service work on a vehicle without
knowingenou’glhaboutit.
9
@~
Besureyouhavesufficient
know18edge,experience, andthe
proper replacement parts and tools before you attempt any
vehicle maintenance task.
Be sure touseth’epropernuts,boltsandotherfasteners.
“English”and“metric” fasEeners can be easilyconfused. If you
use the wrong fasteners, parts can later break ‘ar fall off. You
couldbehurt.
6-3
of
Service & Appearance Care
1 you try to do your own service work without knowing enough
'OUI ehicle could bedamaged.
Fuel
6-4
abol
If you’re using fuelratedat 91 octaneorhigherandyoustillhearheavy
if youheara little
knocking,yourengineneedsservice.Butdon’tworry
pinging noise whenyou’reacceleratingordrivingupahill.That’snormal,and
youdon’thave to buyahigheroctane fuel to getrid of pinging.It’sthe
heavy, constantknockthatmeansyouhaveaproblem.
Whataboutgasolinewithblendingmaterialsthatcontainoxygen,such
MTBE or alcohol?
MTBE is “methyltertiary-butylether.”Fuelthat
fine for your vehicle.
is nomorethan
Ethanol is ethylorgrainalcohol.Properly-blendedfuelthat
10% ethanol is fine for your vehicle.
as
15% MTBE is
is nomorethan
Methanol is methyl orwoodalcohol.
il
-uelthat is more than 5% methanol is badforyourvehicle.Don’tuse
an corrodemetal parts in your fuel systemandalsodamage
plastic
ma rubberparts.Thatdamagewouldn’tbecoveredunderyour
Waand corrosion
Znd even at 5% orless,theremustbe“cosolvent!
Ireventers in this fuel to helpavoidtheseproblem!
’
I
“
Gasolines for Cleaner Air
Youruseof gasolinewithdetergentadditiveswill help preventdepositsfrom
forming in yourengineand fuel system.Thathelpskeepyourengine
in tune
andyouremissioncontrolsystemworkingproperly.It’sgoodforyourvehicle,
and you’ll be doing your part for cleaner air.
Manygasolinesarenowblendedwithmaterials
called oxygenates.General
Motorsrecommendsthatyouusegasolineswiththeseblendingmaterials,
so, youcanhelpclean the air,
suchasMTBEandethanol.Bydoing
especially in thoseparts of thecountrythathave high carbonmonoxide
levels.
In addition,somegasolinesuppliersarenowproducingreformulated
gasolines.Thesegasolinesarespeciallydesigned
to reducevehicle
emissions.GeneralMotorsrecommendsthatyouusereformulatedgasoline.
of the
By doing so, youcanhelpcleantheair,especiallyinthoseparts
countrythathavehighozonelevels.
if their gasolines contain
You shouldaskyourservicestationoperators
detergentsandoxygenates,and if theyhavebeenreformulated to reduce
vehicleemissions.
6-5
Service & Appearance Care
Fuels in Foreign Countries
If youplanondrivinginanothercountryoutsidethe
US. orCanada,
If youuse
unleadedfuel may behard to find. Do notuseleadedgasoline.
evenonetankful,youremissioncontrolswon’tworkwell
oratall.With
continuoususe,sparkplugscangetfouled,theexhaustsystemcancorrode,
and your engine oil can deteriorate quickly.
Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
All ofthatmeanscostly
converterandoxygensensorwillbedamaged.
repairs that wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.
To checkonfuelavailability,askanautoclub,orcontact
a majoroil
companythatdoesbusinessinthecountrywhereyou’llbedriving.
Youcan alsowriteusatthefollowingaddressforadvice.
you’regoingandgiveyourVehicleIdentificationNumber(VIN).
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited
InternationalExportSales
P.O. Box 828
Oshawa,Ontario LIH 7N1, Canada
Just tell uswhere
Filling Your Tank
A
Gasoline vapor is highlyflammable. It burnsviolently, and that can
causevery bad injuries. Don’t smoke if you’renear g’asoline or
aefuel’ingyourvehicle.Keepsparks,flames,andsmokingmaterials
away
6-6
I
Thefuelcapisbehind
a hingeddoorontheleftside
ofyourvehicle.
To take off thecap,turnitslowlytotheleft(counterclockwise).
CAUTION
If you get gawline on you and then1something1 ignites it, you lcould
be badly burned. Easolli’ne can spray out on youif you open the fuel
filler cap too quickly. This spray can happen if your tank isne,arly
fiulll, andis momrelikely in hot weather. Open the fu~elfiller cap slbwly
an8dwarit for any “’hiss” mise to stop.
unscrew
Then
the cap all the way.
Whenyouputthecapbackon,turn
noise.
it to therightuntil
I
you hear a clicking
NOTICE
Checking n i n g s Under the Hood
KO605
6-7
Service & Appearance Care
Hood Release
To openthehood,firstpullthehandleinsidethevehicleonthelowerleft
go tothefront of thevehicleandrelease
sideoftheinstrumentpanel.Then
thesecondaryhoodrelease.Liftthehood,releasethehoodpropfrom
its
retainerandputthehoodpropintotheslotinthehood.
Youmay have a
lightthat comesonwhenyouliftthehood.
L
L
Thing'sthatburn can .get on hotenginepartsand s'hrt a fire.These
includeliqwidslikegasoline,oil,
coolant, brakefluid, windshiield
washer and .other fluids, and plastic oir rubber. You or others could
be blurned. Be careful not to drop or spill thing.s that will bum onto a
hot eng,ine.
Beforeclosingthehood,besureallthefillercapsare
thehoodtorelievepressureonthehoodprop.
onproperly.Thenlift
Removethehoodpropfromtheslotinthehoodandreturntheproptoits
it firmly.
retainer.Thenjust pull thehooddownandclose
6-8
I
I
Engine Oil
It'sagoodidea to checkyourengine oil leveleverytimeyougetfuel.In
order to getanaccuratereading,theoilmustbewarmandthevehiclemust
beonlevelaround.
a
KO609
Turn off theengineandgivetheoilafewminutestodrainbackintotheoil
show theactuallevel.
pan. If youdon't,theoildipstickmightnot
6-9
Service & Appearance Care
--
*I
KO61 0
.
To CheckEngine Oil: Pulloutthedipstickandclean
it withapapertowel
orcloth,thenpushitback
in allthe way.Removeitagain,keeping
thetip
lower.
When to Add Oil: If the oil isatorbelowtheADDline,thenyou’llneed
addsomeoil.Butyoumustusetherightkind.Thissectionexplainswhat
kind of oil to use.Forcrankcasecapacity,see“CapacitiesandSpecifications”
in theIndex.
to
I
NOTICE
I
Just till it enough to put the levelsomewhere in theproperoperatingrange.
Pushthedipstick all the wayback in whenyou’rethrough.
6-1 0
KO704
What Kind of Oil to
Look for three things:
Use;
SG
or combinedwith
“SG”mustbeontheoilcontainer,eitherbyitself
“SF, SG,CC”,
otherqualitydesignations,suchas“SG/CC,”“SG/CD,”
of
etc.TheselettersshowAmericanPetroleumInstitute(API)levels
quality.
NOTICE
6-1 1
Service & Appearance Care
.
.
1
----
SAE 1OW-30
.. ..
_.
,
...
..
Ib NEITH€H SA€ 5W-30 NOR SAE 1OW-30
GRADE OILS ARE AVAILABLE, SAE 30
GRADE MAY BE USED AT TEMPERATURFS
ABOVE 40 DEGREES F (4 DEGREES C).
DO NOT USE SAE 1OW-40, SAE 20W-50 OL.
ANY OTHER GRADE OIL NOT RECOMMENDED
1
PO344
SAE 5W-30
As shown in this chart, SAE 5W-30isbestforyourvehicle.However,
you can use SAE IOW-30 if it's going to be 0°F (-18°C)or above.
oil container show itsviscosity, or thickness. Do
Thesenumbersonan
notuseotherviscosityoilssuchas
SAE1OW-40 or SAE2OW-50.
6-1 2
I
EnergyConserving II
Oils with these words
on the container will help you save fuel.
Thisdoughnut-shapedlogo(symbol)isused
you select the correct oil.
You shouldlookfor
display the logo.
on mostoilcontainers
this onthe oil container,anduse
GM Goodwrench@ oil (inCanada,GMEngineOil)meets
for your vehicle.
Engine Oil Additives:
Don’taddanythingtoyouroil.
somethingshouldbeadded.
YourGM dealerisready
to help
only thoseoilsthat
all therequirements
to advise if youthink
When to Change Engine c ) k
Seeifanyoneoftheseistrueforyou:
Mosttripsarelessthan4miles
(6 km).
It’sbelowfreezingoutsideandmosttripsarelessthan
(16km).
Theengine is at lowspeedmostofthetime(as
or in stop-and-go traffic).
10 miles
in door-to-doordelivery,
You towatraileroften.
Mosttripsarethroughdustyplaces.
Thevehicle is frequentlyoperatedoff-road.
If anyoneoftheseistrueforyourvehicle,youneedtochangeyour
filter every 3,000 miles (5000 km) or 3 months-whichevercomes
oil and
first.
If none of them are true, change the oil every 7,500 miles (12 500 km) or
12 months-whichevercomesfirst.Changethefilteratthefirst
oil change
and at every other oil change after that.
If your vehicle has 4-wheel drive, you ,will have a remote oil filter located
underthehood. It ismountedtothefrontleftinnerfender,behindthe
headlights.
Engine Block Heater:
Anengineblockheatercanbea
big help if youhave to parkoutside in very
coldweather, -0°F (-18°C) or colder. If yourvehiclehasthisoption,see
“EngineBlockHeater” in theIndex.
6-1 3
ngine
Service & Appearance Cam
What to Do with Used Oil:
I-A
I
Usedengine oil containsthingsthathavecausedskincancerin
laboratoryanimals.Don’tletused
oil stayonyourskinforverylong.
Cleanyourskinandnailswithsoapandwater,
or agoodhand
or ragscontaining
cleaner.Washorproperlythrowawayclothing
used
I
Used oil canbearealthreattotheenvironment.
If youchangeyourown oil,
besuretodrain all free-flowing oil from the filter before disposal. Don’t ever
disposeof oil byputting it in thetrash,pouring it ontheground,intosewers,
or intostreams or bodiesofwater.Instead,recycle
it bytaking it to a place
ofyourused oil, ask
thatcollectsusedoil. If youhaveaproblemdisposing
or alocalrecyclingcenterforhelp.
yourdealer,aservicestation
Air Cleaner
I
I
KO618
To removetheroundaircleanerfilterforthe2.5L(VIN
A), 2.8L (VIN R), and
4.3L(VIN Z) engines,turnthewingnutcounterclockwise.Removethecover
and change the filter. Care should be taken during reassembly
to ensure that
the cover is on straight and the wingnut properly tightened.
To removethesquareaircleanerfilterforthe4.3L(VIN
W) high performance
engine,loosenbothwingnuts(oneontheductandoneonthecover).
6-1 4
I
I
PO267
Lifttheaircleanerassemblyupfromthevehicle.Openbothclampsand
lift
off cover to change the filter. While reassembling the air cleaner assembly,
ensure that the air cleaner cover tabs are fully inserted into the slots
in the
PCV air tube is
air cleaner housing, the two wingscrews are secure, and the
properlyseated in thelefthandvalve cover.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinewhen to replacetheair
cleanerfilter.See"ScheduledMaintenanceServices''
in theIndex.
I
I
4
i
I
Operating thie engine with the air cleaner off cancauseyou or others
to be burned. The air deaner not only cleans the air, it stops filame
if the engine backfires. If it isn'tthere, and the englinle backfires, yolu
could beburned. Doin't drivewith it
and be careful wor'king oin
the enlgine with tiheair cleane:r off.
d
I YOTICE
i
g
I
6-1 5
Service & Appearance Care
Automatic Transmission Fluid
When to Check and Change:
A goodtimetocheckyourautomatictransmission
fluid leveliswhenthe
engineoilischanged.RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminewhen
tochangeyourfluid.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”intheIndex.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,youmaychoosetohavethis
doneat adealershipServiceDepartment.
Ifyou do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
getafalsereadingonthedipstick.
I NOTICE
Waitatleast 30minutesbeforechecking
havebeendriving:
the transmissionfluidlevel
Whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
if you
90°F (32°C).
At highspeedforquiteawhile.
Inheavytraffic-especially
in hot weather.
Whilepullingatrailer.
To gettherightreading,thefluidmustbeatnormaloperatingtemperature,
whichis180°Fto200°F(82°C
to 93°C).
To checktransmissionfluid hot: Getthevehiclewarmedupbydriving
50°F (10°C). If
about 15 miles (24 km)whenoutsidetemperaturesareabove
it’scolderthen 50°F (IO’C), drivethevehicle in D (3rd gear)untilthe
temperaturegagemovesandthenremainssteadyfortenminutes.Then
follow the hot check procedures.
To checktransmissionfluid cold: A coldcheckismadeafterthevehicle
hasbeensittingforeighthoursormorewiththeengine
offand isused only
as a reference.Lettheenginerunatidleforfiveminutes
if outside
(lO°C), you
temperaturesare 50°F (10°C) or more. If it’scolderthan50°F
mayhavetoidletheenginelonger.
A hotcheckmustfollowwhenfluidis
addedduringacoldcheck.
6-1 6
I
or cold:
Parkyourvehicleonalevelplace.
Placetheshiftleverin
P (Park)withtheparkingbrakeapplied.
Withyour foot onthebrakepedal,move
the shiftleverthrougheach
gearrange,pausingforaboutthreeseconds
in eachrange.Then,
position theshiftlever in P (Park).
Let theenginerunat
idle for three minutesormore.
Then,withoutshutting off the engine, follow these steps:
To check the fluid hot
NO031
1. Pulloutthedipstickandwipe
it withacleanrag
orpapertowel.
I-----PO164
6-1 7
Service & Appearance Care
If youhavea4.3Lengine,youwillhaveaflip-tophandle.Flipthe
handleupandthenpulloutthedipstickandwipe
it cleanwitharagor
paper towel.
2. Pushitback in allthe way,wait threesecondsandthenpullitbackout
again.Fliptophandleshouldremaininopenposition.
c
PO165
3. Checkbothsides of thedipstick,andreadthelowerlevel.Thefluid
level mustbeintheCOLDareaforacoldcheckor
in theHOTareaor
cross-hatched area for a hot check.
all the
4. If thefluid.leveliswhereitshouldbe,pushthedipstickbackin
way.
If youhaveaflip-tophandle,flipthehandledown
to lock it inplace.
How To Add Fluid:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind
of transmission
fluidtouse.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
If thefluidlevelis low, addonlyenoughoftheproperfluidtobringthelevel
up to theCOLDareaforacoldcheckortheHOTareaforahotcheck.
doesn’ttakemuchfluid,generallylessthanapint.Don’toverfill.
We
recommendyouuseonlyfluidlabeledDEXRON@lIE,becausefluidswiththat
labelaremadeespeciallyforyourautomatictransmission.Damagecausedby
fluidotherthanDEXRON@IIEisnotcoveredbyyournewvehiclewarranty.
Afteraddingfluid,recheckthefluidlevelasdescribedunder“How
Check”.
To
Whenthecorrectfluidlevelisobtained,pushthedipstickbackin
way. Flipthehandledown if youhaveaflip-tophandle.
all the
6-1 8
1
It
Manual Transmission Fluid
When to Check:
A goodtimetohaveitcheckediswhentheengineoilischanged.However,
thefluidinyourmanualtransmissiondoesn’trequirechanging.
How to Check:
Becausethisoperationcanbealittledifficult,you
maychoosetohavethis
doneata GM dealershipServiceDepartment.
If you do ityourself,besuretofollowalltheinstructionshere,oryoucould
getafalsereading.
Checkthefluidlevelonlywhenyourengineisoff,thevehicle
is parked on a
levelplaceandthetransmissioniscoolenoughforyoutorestyourfingers
onthetransmissioncase.
Then, follow these steps:
PO336
1. Removethefillerplug.
2. Checkthatthelubricantlevel
is up to thebottomofthefillerplughole.
3. If thefluidlevelisgood,installtheplugandbesureit
is fullyseated. If
thefluidlevelis
low, add morefluidasdescribed
6-1 9
in thenextsteps.
Service & Amearance Cam
How to Add Fluid:
Here’show to addfluid.Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodetermine
what kind of fluidto use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”inthe
Index.
1.Removethefillerplug.
2. Add fluidatthefillerplughole.
Add onlyenoughfluidtobringthefluid
leveluptothebottom
ofthefillerplughole.
3. Installtheplug.Besureitisfullyseated.
Hydraulic Clutch
Thehydraulicclutchinyourvehicleisself-adjusting.
[1/4 (6 mm)-112 inch(13mm)]inthepedalisnormal.
A slightamountofplay
When to Check and What to Use:
i
c
PO257
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftenyoushouldcheck
thefluidlevelinyourclutchmastercylinderreservoirandwhat
to add.See
“OwnerChecksandServices”and“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”in
theIndex.
How to Check:
Theproperfluidshouldbeadded
if theleveldoesnotreachthebottom
of
instructions onthe
thediaphragmwhen it’sinplaceinthereservoir.Seethe
reservoir cap.
6-20
I
Rear Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehow often to checkthe
lubricantandwhen to changeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”
in
theIndex.
How to Check Lubricant:
KO996
If the level is belowthebottom of thefillerplughole,you’llneed
to add
somelubricant.Addenoughlubricant
to raisethelevel to thebottom of the
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the MaintenanceSchedule to determinewhatkind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”
in theIndex.
Four- Wheel Drive
Mostlubricantchecks in thissectionalsoapply to four-wheeldrivevehicles.
However, theyhavetwoadditionalsystemsthatneedlubrication.
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant:
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoften to checkthe
in the Index.
lubricant.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”
6-21
.. .
... .
,-
Service & Appearance Care
_
..
How to Check Lubricant:
I-
-
KO997
If the level is belowthebottomofthefillerplughole,you’llneedtoadd
somelubricant. Add enoughlubricanttoraisetheleveltothebottom
filler plug hole.
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
of lubricant to
Front Axle
When to Check and Change Lubricant:
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentocheckthe
lubricantandwhentochangeit.See“ScheduledMaintenanceServices”in
theIndex.
6-22
of the
How to Check Lubricant:
I
i
KO998
If thelevelisbelowthebottom
somelubricant.
of thefillerplughole,you’llneed
to add
If the differential is atoperatingtemperature(warm),addenoughlubricantto
raise the level to the bottom of the filler plug hole.
If thedifferentialiscold,addenoughlubricant
(12 mm)belowthefillerplughole.
to raisethelevel
to 1/2inch
What to Use:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of lubricant to
use.See“RecommendedFluidsandLubricants”intheIndex.
Engine Coolant
Thefollowingexplainsyourcoolingsystemandhow
to addcoolantwhen
low. If youhave a problemwithengineoverheating,see“Engine
Overheating’’ in theIndex.
The proper coolant for your vehicle will:
Givefreezingprotectiondownto-20°F
(-29°C) or -34°F(-37°C)for
Canadian vehicles and vehicles with the cold climate option.
Giveboilingprotectionup
to 258°F (125°C).
Protectagainstrustandcorrosion.
Helpkeep the properenginetemperature.
Letthewarninglights
and gagesworkastheyshould.
6-23
it is
t
Service & Appearance Care
What to Use:
Useamixture of cleanwater(preferablydistilled)andantifreezethatmeets
“GMSpecification6038-M,” whichwon’tdamagealuminumparts.Alsouse
a completecoolantchange.If
GMEngineCoolantSupplement(sealer)with
youusethese,youdon’tneed
to addanythingelse.
I
I
Addingonly plain water to yourcoolingsystemcanbedangerous.
Plain water,orsomeother
liquidlikealcohol,canboilbeforethe
proper coolant mix will. Your vehicle’s coolant warning system is set
for the proper coolant mix. With plain water
or thewrongmix,your
engine could get too hot but you wouldn’t get the overheat warning.
Yourengine couldcatchfireandyou
orotherscouldbeburned.Use
a 50/50 mix
of clean waterandaproperantifreeze.
NOTICE
useanimpropercoolantmix,yourenginecouldoverheatand
badly damaged. The repair cost wouldn’t be covered by your warranty
muchwater in the mixcanfreezeandcracktheengine,radiator,hea
core and other part
J
...
I
be
Someconditions,suchasairtrapped
in thecoolingsystem,canaffectthe
coolantlevelintheradiator.Checkthecoolantlevelwhentheengineiscold
and follow the steps under “Adding Coolant” for the proper way
to add
coolant.
If youhave to add coolant more than four times a year, have your dealer
check your cooling system.
’‘ you use the proper coolant, you don’thave to add extra inhibitors cauditiveswhichclaim to improvethesystem.Thesecanbeharmful.
~
~~~~~
6-24
Adding Coolant
KO625
To CheckCoolant:Whenyourengine
is cold,thecoolantlevelshouldbeat
ADD, ora little higher.Whenyourengine
is warm, thelevelshouldbe up to
FULL HOT, ora little higher.
To Add Coolant: If youneedmorecoolant,addthepropermixatthe
coolantrecoverytank.
A
Turningtheradiatorpressurecapwhentheengineandradiatorare
hotcanallowsteamandscaldingliquids
to blowoutandburnyou
badly.With thecoolantrecoverytank,youwillalmostneverhaveto
addcoolantattheradiator.
Never turn theradiatorpressure
cap-evenalittle-when
theengineandradiatorarehot.
Add coolantmixattherecoverytank,butbecarefulnottospillit.
A
You canbeburned if youspillcoolantonhotengineparts.Coolant
containsethyleneglycol,and it willburn if theenginepartsarehot
enough.Don’tspillcoolantonahotengine.
6-25
Service & Appearance Care
Radiator Pressure Cap
KO721
Whenyoureplaceyourradiatorpressurecap,an
AC@ capisrecommended.
See“ServiceReplacementPartandFilterRecommendations”
in theIndex.
Thermostat
Engine coolant temperature is controlled by a thermostat in the engine coolant
flow of coolant through the radiator until the
system.Thethermostatstopsthe
coolant reaches a preset.temperature.
Whenyoureplaceyourthermostat,an
AC@ thermostat is recommended.
6-26
Power Steering Fluid
How To Check Power Steering Fluid:
Unscrewthecapandwipethedipstickwithacleanrag.Replacethecap
andcompletelytighten it. Thenremovethecapagainandlookat
level on thedipstick.
Whentheenginecompartment
mark.
is hot,thelevelshouldbeatthe
Whentheenginecompartment
COLDmark.
is cool,thelevelshouldbe
What to Add:
Refer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine what kind of
See“RecommendedFluids and Lubricants”intheIndex.
NOTICE
6-27
the fluid
HOT
at the FULL
fluid to use.
Service & Appearance Care
Windshield Washer Fluid
To Add:
Openthecaplabeled
bottle is full.
WASHER FLUID ONLY. Addwasher fluiduntilthe
6-28
Brake Master Cylinder
Your brakemastercylinder
is here. It is filled with DOT-3 brakefluid.
PO775
So, it isn’ta good idea to “top off” yourbrakefluid.Addingbrake
fluid won’t
correctaleak. If youaddfluidwhenyourliningsareworn,thenyou’llhave
too much fluid whenyougetnewbrakelinings.Youshouldadd(orremove)
brakefluid,asnecessary,onlywhenwork
is doneonthebrakehydraulic
system.
system.
hydraulic
brake the
it canspill on theengine.Thefluid
Ifyouhavetoomuchbrakefluid,
will burn if theengineishotenough.Youorothers
could be burned,
andyourvehiclecould bedamaged.Addbrake
fluidonly whenwork
onis done
I
RefertotheMaintenanceSchedule
to determinewhen to checkyourbrake
fluid.See“PeriodicMaintenanceInspections”
in theIndex.
6-29
Service & Appearance Care
To Check Brake Fluid:
You can check the brake fluid without taking
off the cap. Just look at the
MIN. If
windowsonthebrake
fluid reservoir.Thefluidlevelsshouldbeabove
theyaren’t,haveyourbrakesystemchecked
to see if thereisaleak.
Afterworkisdoneonthebrakehydraulicsystem,makesurethelevelsare
above MIN andbelowthetop ofeachwindow.
What To Add
Whenyou do needbrakefluid,useonlyDOT-3brakefluid-suchasDelco
Supreme 11 (GMPart No. 1052535). Usenewbrake fluid fromasealed
container only.
@
Replacing Brake System Parts
Thebrakingsystemonamodernvehicle
is complex. Its many partshave to
beof top quality and work well together
if the vehicle is to have really good
braking. Vehicleswe designandtesthavetop-quality
GMbrake parts in
it isnew.Whenyoureplace
parts of your
them,asyourvehicledoeswhen
braking system-forexample,whenyourbrake
linings weardownandyou
have to havenewonesputin-besureyougetnewgenuineGM
replacementparts. If youdon’t,yourbrakesmaynolongerworkproperly.For
example, if someoneputs in brakeliningsthatarewrongforyourvehicle,the
balancebetweenyourfrontandrearbrakescanchange,fortheworse.The
brakingperformanceyou’vecome to expectcanchange in many other ways
if someoneputs in thewrongreplacementbrakeparts.
Fluid Leak Check
Afterthevehiclehasbeenparkedforawhile,inspectthesurfaceunderthe
vehicle for water, oil, fuel or otherfluids.Waterdrippingfromtheair
conditioningsystemafter it hasbeenused is normal.Ifyou noticefuelleaks
orfumes, thecausesshouldbefoundandcorrectedatonce.
6-30
. ..
Battery
EverynewGMvehiclehasaDelcoFreedombattery.
You neverhavetoadd
watertooneofthese.When
it’s timeforanewbattery,werecommenda
DelcoFreedombattery.Getonethathasthecatalognumbershown
on the
originalbattery’slabel.
Vehicle Storage
If you’re not going to drive your vehicle for 25 daysormore,take off the
black,negative (-) cablefromthebattery.Thiswillhelpkeepyourbattery
fromrunningdown.
Batterieshaveacidthatcanburnyouandgasthatcanexplode.
canbebadlyhurt if youaren’tcareful.See“JumpStarting”
Indexfortipsonworkingaroundabatterywithoutgettinghurt.
Yo1
in the
Contact your dealer to learn how to prepare your vehicle for longer storage
periods.Formoreinformation,contactyourdealer’sservicedepartment,or
write to:
Adistra Corporation
171HamiltonStreet
Plymouth,MI48170
In Canada,writeto:
GeneralMotors ofCanada, Limited
CustomerServicesDepartment
Oshawa,Ontario L I J 526 Canada
Bulb Replacement
Halogen Bulbs
CAUTION
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst
if y ~ drop
u
or scratch the bulb. You or others could be injured.Takespecialcare
halogen
bulbs.
disposing
handling
ofwhen
and
IA
Beforeyoureplaceanybulbs,besurethata
engineisn’trunning.
6-31
I
Service & Appearance Care
Headlights
KO993
1. Removethefourscrewsfromtheheadlightretainer.
2. Pull theheadlight out andremovetheretainer.
3. Unplugtheheadlight.
4. Pluginthe new bulbandput it inplace.
5. Installtheretainer to theheadlight.
6. Installthescrews.
Front ParkingfTurn Signal Lights
KO663
1. Reachunderandbehindtheparkingkurnsignallightassembly.
6-32
i
2. Turn the socketcounterclockwiseand
pull itout.
3. Turn the bulbcounterclockwiseandpullitout
4. Putthenewbulbinthesocketandturn
5. Putthesocketbackinto
untilitlocksinplace.
of thesocket.
it clockwiseuntilit
is tight.
the assemblyandturnthesocketclockwise
Rear Lights
a
KO635
1. Openthetailgate.
2. Removethescrewsfromthelightassembly.
3. Pull theassemblyawayfromthefender.
4. Turnthesocketcounterclockwise to remove it. .If the sockethasatab,
push the tab in whileyouturn the socket.
5. Turn the bulbcounterclockwise to remove it.
6. Putthenewbulbinto
the socketandturnthebulbclockwise.
7. Putthesocketintothelightassemblyandturnthesocketclockwiseuntil
it locks in place.
8. Installthelightassemblyandscrews.
9. Close thetailgate.
6-33
Service & Appearance Care
Other Maintenance Items
Hydraulic Clutch Grease Fitting
If youhavethe 4.3L (VIN code Z) enginewithamanualtransmission,a
grease fitting is on the clutch housing for lubricating the clutch fork ball
stud.
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduleforinformationonhowtolubricatethe
clutchhousing,andwhattypeoflubricanttouse.Besurenottoover-fill
becauseyoucould damage yourclutch.
Front Suspension and Steering Linkage
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentolubricatethe
fittingsandwhattypeoflubricanttouse.
Front Wheel Bearings (Two-Wheel Drive)
If yourvehicleistwo-wheeldrive,ithaswheelbearingsthatmustbecleaned
andrepacked.
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule
done.
to determinehowoftenthismustbe
Single Belt Accessory Drive
Yournewvehicleusesaserpentinebeltthat
systemswithseveralbelts.
is lighter,andmoredurablethan
on theengine. A tensioner is used
The belt runs over or around the pulleys
to keep the belt tight at
all times.Thetensioneralsomakesreplacingthe
belteasier. If youneedtoreplacethebelt,besuretogetthecorrect
replacementbelt.Yourdealershiporpartssuppliercanhelpyouwiththis.
TheAccessoryDriveBeltRoutinglabelonyourvehiclewillshowyouhowto
route the belt your vehicle uses.
6-34
Windshield Wiper Blade Inserts
i
:-,
;iyy ?-is;+;.-,. .
. , '
&!!f$i&
..
. l'jf:.
j<-:q;*
j';gi3f47!:;I'
i.
,
. ..
b,(..;',$<t&..YT:i;;
KO637
;.l:z~
.''! ..' :..
y.?;i'!g.tyz
o rep ace your wlndshleld wiper blade inserts, lift the wiper arm away from
thewindshield.Pinchthe two tabsonthewiperarmandslidetheinsertout
of thebl'ade.Slidethenewone
in place.Makesure the tabsarelockedinto
position.
Air Conditioning
Every now and then have your dealership check your alr conditioning system
to besureithasnotlostanycoolingability.
If youthinkthesystemisnot
it outassoonaspossible.
workingprope'rly,haveyourdealershipcheck
The air conditioning will not work when the temperature
is below 40°F (4°C).
Lubrication
Accelerator Control System
Refer to theMaintenanceSchedule to determinehowoftentheaccelerator
of lubricant to use.
linkage pivot points must be lubricated and what type
Acceleratorcablesandcruisecontrolcablesshouldnotbelubricated.Any
to pullshouldbereplaced.
cablesthatarewornorarehard
Whencleaningtheenginecompartmentwithwaterorsteam,avoiddirecting
theflowonto the throffle linkage in a manner that would cause moisture
enter the cables.
to
The sBat adjustersandseattrackshouldbelubricatedwithchassisgrease.
Doorweatherstripsandrubberhoodbumpersshouldbewipedcleanwitha
wet clothandlightlycoatedwith a rubberlubricant.
Neverusetoomuch of anylubricantand
lubricant when you are finished.
be-sure towipeupanyextra
doors. Theyarelubricatedwith
Windowregulatorsandcontrolsareinsidethe
performthis
alonglastinggrease. If lubricali'on is.re.quiredyourdealershauld
service.
RefertotheMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoftentolubricatethese
itemsandwhattypeoflubricant
to use.
Tailgate Handle
The tailgate handle pivot points on your vehicle should
thehandleworkingsmoothly.
belubricate-d to keep
6-36
d
Refer to theMaintenanceScheduletodeterminehowoften
andwhattype of lubricant to use.
to lubricatethem
Exhaust System
To helppreventdamagetoyourexhaustsystem,donotcontinue
yourvehicleifyounotice:
to drive
Enginemisfiring
* Loss of performance
Otherunusualoperatingconditions
Haveyourengineandexhaustsystemservicedregularly.
Three- Way Catalytic Converter
Your vehicle’s three-way catalytic converter is designed to reduce the
pollutantsinyourvehicle’sexhaust.Useonlyunleadedfuelinyourvehicle.
youuseleadedfuel,youcoulddamageyourthree-waycatalyticconverter,
andotherenginecomponents.
TheMalfunctionIndicator(SERVICEENGINESOON)lamponyour
instrumentpanelletsyouknowwhenyouremissionsystemneedsservice.
Thelightwillcomeonbrieflywhenyoustartyourengine
to letyouknow
If itdoesnotcomeonwhenyoustartyour
thatthesystemisworking.
engine,or if itcomesonandstaysonwhileyou’redriving,yoursystemmay
needservice. Your vehicleshouldstillbedriveable,butyoushouldhaveyour
systemservicedrightaway.
6-37
If
Service & Appearance Care
Loading Your Vehicle
K3651
The CertificationRire label is found on the drive~r's door lockpillar.Thelabel
shows t'he size ofyour original t'ires and the inflation pressu8resne-eded to
obtain the gross vehicle weight capac-ity of your vehicle. This is called the
GVWR(GrossVehicleWeightRating).
The- GVWRincludes the weightof the
vehlicle, alloccupants,fuelandcargo.
The Certifi'cationKtre label also tells you the
maximumweights for the front
and rear axles, calledGross Axle WeightRating(GAWR). To find out the
to aweighstation
actual loads onyourfrontandrearaxles,youneedtogo
and weigh your vehicle. Yourdealercan help you with this. Be sure
to
spreadoutyour load equally on both sides of the centerline.
NeverexceedtheGVWRforyourvehicle,ortheGrossAxleWeightRating
(GAWR) for either the front or rear axle.
And, if you do haveaheavyload,youshouldspread
I CAUTION
it out.
1
In caseofasuddenstoporcollision,thingscarriedinthebedof
I[ I
your truck
!could shift forward and come into the passenger area
injuring you orothers. If youputthings in thebed ofyour truck,
should
properly
are
make
they
sure
secured.
6-38
CAUTION
I
Do not load your vehidle any heavier than tRle GVWR or tlhe
maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts on your vehicle
can break,or it can change the way yolur vehicle hand;les. These
could cause you to lose eonltrol. Also, overloading can shorten the
life of your vehicle.
I
Usingheaviersuspensioncomponents to getaddeddurabilitymightnot
to help you load your vehicle the
change your weight ratings. Ask your dealer
rightway.
I
m
I
-
NOriCE
you putthingsinsideyourvehicle-likesuitcases,
tools, packages,or
If youhave to stop
anythingelse-they will goasfastasthevehiclegoes.
or turnquickly, or if thereis a crash,they’llkeepgoing.
II
1 CAUTION
you gut inside your vehicle can strike and injure people
A 1Things
sudden stop or turn, or tia a ‘crash.
in a
* Put thingsinthecargoarea
of yourvehicle.Try to spreadthe
weight evenly.
Neverstackheavierthings,likesuitcases,insidethevehicle
so
that some of them are above the tops of the seats.
0
Whenyou carry somethinginsidethevehicle,secure
it
whenever you can;
Don’t leave a seatfoldeddownunless
you need to.
Payload
ThePayloadCapacityisshownonthe
Certificationnire label.This is the
maximum load capacity that your vehicle can carry.
Besuretoincludethe
weight of thepeopleinsideaspart
ofyourload. If youaddedany
left the factory, remember to
accessories or equipment after your vehicle
subtract the weight of these things from the payload.
Your dealer can help
you with this.
6-39
Service & Appearance Care
Trailering Package
If yourvehiclecomeswiththeTraileringPackage,thereis
also a load rating
and the trailer it tows.Thisratingis
whichincludestheweightofthevehicle
calledtheGrossCombinationWeightRating(GCWR).
Whenyouweighyourtrailer,besure
to include the weightof everything you
of
put in it.And,rememberto
figuretheweight of thepeopleinsideaspart
yourload.
Yourdealercanhelpyou?-‘ermineyourGCWR.
...
.. .- .
-.
-. .
Truck-Camper Loading Information
PO338
Open your glovebox and look for this label:
Thislabelwilltellyouhowmuch
to spreadoutyourloadtheright
slide-in camper to your vehicle.
of a loadyourvehiclecancarry,andhow
way. Also, it willhelpyoumatchtheright
Whenyoucarryaslide-incamper,thetotalcargoloadofyourvehicleisthe
plus:
weightofthecamper,
everythingelseaddedtothecamperafteritleftthefactory;
everything in thecamper;and
all thepeopleinside.
TheCargoWeightRating(CWR)isthemaximumweight
of theloadyour
vehiclecancarry. It doesn’tincludetheweightofthepeopleinside.But,you
canfigureabout 150 poundsforeachseat.
Thetotalcargoloadmustnotbemorethanyourvehicle’s
6-41
CWR.
I
Service & Appearance Care
TRUCK
LOADING
INFORMATION
EXAMPLE
OF PROPER
TRUICK
ANDCAMPERMATCH
1 . Recommended location
for
cargo
center of gravity
for
cargo
weight
(Pickup
rating
Truck).
Note: Userearedge of load floor
for measurement purposes.
7. Camper
center
of gravity.
2. Recommended center of gravity
K-L.<::
.Y
-
--
.‘$Ti:
%!,
location zone.
* .Refer to Truck Camper Loading
Information
label
in
glove
box
“A” and “B” dimensions.
for
PO254
Thecamper’scenterofgravityshould
your vehicle’s cargo load.
fall within the center of gravity zone for
Youmustweighanyaccessories,
trailer hitches orotherequipmentyouadd
This extra
to your vehicle. Then, subtract this extra weight from the CWR,
weight may shotten the center of gravity zone for your vehicle. Your dealer
canhelpyouwiththis.
Ifyourslide-incamperandits
load weighlessthanthe
gravity zone for your vehicle may be larger.
Your dealer can help you make
youdetermineyourCWR.
CWR, the center of
a goodvehicle-campermatch.He’llalsohelp
Afteryou’veloadedyourvehicleandcamper,drive
to a weigh station and
weighonthefrontandrearwheelsseparately.Thiswill
tell you the loadson
your axles. The loads on the front and rear axles shouldn’t be more than
than
either of the GAWRs. The total of the axie..loads should not be more
the GVWR.
Open your driver’s door and look at the door lock pillar for the
CertificationKire label to find out your GWAR andGWVR.
If you’vegoneoveryourweightratings,moveortakeoutsome
things until
all theweights fall belowtheratings. Of course,youshouldalways
tie down
any loose items when you load your vehicle or camper.
Whenyouinstalland
instructions.
load yourslide-incamper,checkthemanufacturer’s
6-42
If you wantmore informationoncurbweights,cargoweights,cargoweight
rating and the correct center of gravity zone for your vehicle, your dealer can
help you. Just ask for a copy
of“Consumer Information,TruckCamper
Loading.”
Pickup Conversion fo Chassis Cab
GeneralMotors is awarethatsomevehicleownersmayconsiderhavingthe
pickup boxremovedandacommercialorrecreationalbodyinstalled.Before
youdo so, first contact the GMZoneOfficeforyourareaforinformationon
suchconversions.(Seethe“WarrantyandOwnerAssistance”bookletfor
ZoneOffice.)Ownersshouldbeawarethat,asmanufactured,there
are
differencesbetweenachassiscabandapickupwiththeboxremovedwhich
may affect vehicle safety. The components necessary
to adaptthepickup to
permititssafeusewithaspecializedbodyshouldbeinstalledbyabody
builder in accordancewiththeinformationavailablefrom
the ZoneOffice.
Tires
We don’tmaketires. Yournew vehiclecomeswith high qualitytiresmade
aleading tire manufacturer.These tires arewarrantedbythe tire
manufacturersandtheirwarranties are deliveredwitheverynewvehicle.If
yourspare tire is adifferent brand thanyourroadtires,youwillhaveatire
warranty folder from each of these manufacturers.
4
Poorlymaintainedandimproperlyused
by
tires aredangerous.
Overloadingyourtirescancauseoverheatingasaresult
of too
muchfriction. You couldhaveanair-outandaseriousaccide
See“Loading Your Vehicle” in theIndex.
Underinflatedtirespose the samedangerasoverloadedtires.
Theresultingaccident could causeseriousinjury.Checkalltires
frequentlytomaintaintherecommendedpressure.Tirepressure
cold.
checked
are
should
tires
be
when
your
Overinflatedtiresaremorelikely
to becut,punctured,
by suddenimpactsuchaswhenyouhitapothole.Keeptires
therecommendedpressure.
orbroken
ar
Worn, old tirescancauseaccidents.
If yourtread is badly worn,
or if yourtireshavebeendamaged,replacethem.
Don’tdriveover85
mph(135km/h)even
have the correct high speedratedtires.
6-43
if it’slegal,unlessyou
I
I
I
Service & Appearance Care
Inflation-Tire Pressure
TheCertification/Tirelabel,whichisonthedriver’sdoorlockpillar,showsthe
correctinflationpressuresforyourtires,whenthey’recold.“Cold’’meansyour
vehiclehasbeensittingforatleastthreehoursordrivennomorethana
mile.
I
I NOTICE
When to Check:Checkyourtiresonceamonthormore.Don’tforgetyour
60 psi (420 kPa).
compactsparetire(if so equipped).Itshouldbeat
How to Check:Use a goodqualitypocket-typegagetochecktirepressure.
if you
Simplylookingatthetireswillnottellyouthepressure,especially
l’ook properlyinflatedeven if they’re
haveradialtires-whichmay
underinflated.
to putthembackon.Theyhelp
If yourtireshavevalvecaps,besure
preventleaksbykeepingoutdirtandmoisture.
Ere lnspection and Rotation
To makeyourtireslastlonger,havetheminspectedandrotatedatthe
mileagesrecommendedintheMaintenanceSchedule.SeeScheduled
MaintenanceServicesintheIndex.
6-44
K2655
Usethisrotationpattern.
equipped.
Do notinclude“compactsparetire”
in rotation, if so
If your vehicle has front tires with different load ratings or tread designs (such
asallseasonvs.on/offroad)thanthereartires,don’trotateyourtiresfront
to rear.
If youhavestyledsteeloraluminumwheels,yourspareisfull-sized,butits
appearance will not match your other wheels.
Afterthetireshavebeenrotated,adjustthefrontandrearinflationpressure
all wheelnutsare
asshownontheCertificationRirelabel.Makecertainthat
properlytightened.See“WheelNutTorque”intheIndex.
A
Rustordirtonawheel,oronthepartstowhich
it is fastened,can
makethewheelnutsbecomelooseafteratime.Thewheelcould
comeoff and causeanaccident.Whenyouchange
a wheel,remove
anyrustordirtfromplaceswherethewheelattachestothevehicle.
do this;but
In anemergency,youcanuseaclothorpapertowelto
besure to useascraperorwirebrushlater,
ifyouneedto,toget
all therustordirtoff.(See“ChangingaFlatTire”intheIndex.)
6-45
Service & Appearance Care
When It’s Time for New Tires
K1656
Oneway to tell when it’s time for new tires is
to check the treadwear
2/32 inch (1.6 mm) or
indicators,whichwillappearwhenyourtireshaveonly
less of treadremaining.
You needanewtire
if:
You canseetheindicatorsatthreeplacesaroundthetire.
You cansee cord orfabricshowingthroughthetire’srubber.
Thetread or sidewall is cracked,cutorsnaggeddeepenoughtoshow
cord or fabric.
Thetirehasabump,bulgeorsplit.
Thetirehasapuncture,cut,orotherdamagethatcan’tberepaired
becauseofthesize or location of the damage.
Buying New Eres
To find out what kind and size of tires you need, look at the
CertificationRire
label. The tires installed on your vehicle when
it wasmew had a Tire
PerformanceCriteriaSpecification(TPCSpec)numberoneachtire’ssidewall.
Whenyougetnewtires,getoneswiththatsameTPCSpecnumber.That
way, your vehicle will continue to havetiresthataredesignedtogiveproper
endurance,handling,speedrating,traction,rideandotherthingsduring
If yourtireshaveanall-seasontreaddesign,
normalserviceonyourvehicle.
theTPCnumber will befollowedbya “MS” (formudandsnow).
6-46
Ifyoueverreplaceyourtireswiththosenothaving
a TPC Specnumber,
makesuretheyarethesamesize,loadrange,speedratingandconstruction
type(bias,bias-beltedorradial)asyouroriginaltires.
Mixing tires could cause you to lose control while driving. If you mix
tires of different types (like radial and bias-belted tires) the vehicle
may nlot handleproperly,an'dyou could have a cras'h.Besureto
use the same size 'and type tires on all four wheels.
It's all right to drive with your compact spare
I
(ifyou have one). It
was developedforuseonyourvehicle.
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
ThefollowinginformationrelatestothesystemdevelopedbytheUnited
States National Highway Traffic Safety Administration which grades tires by
treadwear,tractionandtemperatureperformance.(Thisappliesonlyto
vehicles sold intheUnitedStates.)
Treadwear
Thetreadweargradeis a comparativeratingbasedonthewearrate
of the
tire whentestedundercontrolledconditionson
a specifiedgovernmenttest
a half (1-1/2)
course. For example, a tire graded 150 wouldwearoneand
timesaswellonthegovernmentcourseas
a tire graded 100. Therelative
performance of tiresdependsupontheactualconditions
of theiruse,
however,andmaydepartsignificantlyfromthenormduetovariationsin
drivinghabits,servicepracticesanddifferencesinroadcharacteristicsand
climate.
Traction-A, B, C
Thetractiongrades,fromhighesttolowestare:
A, B, and C. Theyrepresent
thetire'sabilitytostopon
wetpavementasmeasuredundercontrolled
conditions on specified government test surfaces
of asphaltandconcrete. A
tiremarked C mayhavepoortractionperformance.
Warning:Thetractiongradeassignedtothis
tire isbasedonbraking
(straight-ahead)tractiontestsanddoesnotincludecornering(turning)traction.
Temperature-A, B, C
Thetemperaturegradesare
A (the highest), B, and C, representingthetire's
resistance to the generation of heatanditsabilitytodissipateheatwhen
testedundercontrolledconditions on a specifiedindoorlaboratorytest wheel,
Sustainedhightemperaturecancausethematerial
of thetire to degenerate
andreduce tire life, andexcessivetemperaturecanleadtosuddentire
6-47
Service & Appearance Care
failure.Thegrade C corresponds to alevel ofperformancewhich all
passengercartiresmustmeetundertheFederalMotorVehicleSafety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and A representhigherlevels of performance on
thelaboratorytestwheelthantheminimumrequiredby
law.
Warning:Thetemperaturegradeforthistireisestablishedforatirethat
is
properlyinflatedandnotoverloaded.Excessivespeed,underinflation,or
excessiveloading,eitherseparatelyor
in combination,cancause heat buildup
and possible tire failure.
Thesegradesaremoldedonthesidewallsofpassengercartires.
WhilethetiresavailableasstandardoroptionalequipmentonGeneralMotors
vehicles mayvary withrespect to thesegrades, all suchtiresmeetGeneral
MotorsperformancestandardsandhavebeenapprovedforuseonGeneral
Motorsvehicles. All passengertype (P Metric)tiresmustconform to Federal
safetyrequirements in addition to thesegrades.
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance
Thewheelsonyourvehiclewerealignedandbalancedcarefully
ar
factory to give you thelongesttire life andbestoverallperformance.
IT.-
to haveyourwheelsalignedagain.
In mostcases,youwillnotneed
However, if younoticeunusualtirewearoryourvehiclepullingonewayor
to bereset.Ifyounoticeyourvehicle
theother,thealignmentmayneed
to be
vibrating when drivingonasmoothroad,yourwheelsmayneed
rebalanced.
Wheel Replacement
Replaceanywheelthat
is bent,crackedorbadlyrusted.Ifwheelnutskeep
comingloose,thewheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsshouldbereplaced.If
thewheelleaksairout,replace
it (exceptsomealuminumwheels,whichcan
if anyofthese conditionsexist.
sometimesberepaired).SeeyourGMdealer
Yourdealerwillknowthekindofwheelyouneed.
Eachnewwheelshouldhavethesameloadcarryingcapacity,diameter,
it replaces.
width,offset,andbemountedthesamewayastheone
If youneed to replaceanyofyourwheels,wheel
bolts, orwheelnuts,
replacethemonlywith new GM originalequipmentparts.This way, youwill
besureyouhavetherightwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnutsforyour
vehicle.
6-48
I
-nu
1A
II U l Y
Usingthewrongreplacementwheels,wheelbolts,orwheelnutson
yourvehiclecan be dangerous. It couldaffectthebrakingand
handling ofyourvehicle,makeyour
tiresloseairandmakeyoulose
control. You couldhaveacollisioninwhichyouorotherscouldbe
injured.Alwaysusethecorrectwheel,wheelbolts,andwheelnuts
forreplacement.
I
NOTICE
I
A
Puttingausedwheelonyourvehicle
is dangerous. You can’tknow
It couldfail
howit’sbeenusedorhowmanymilesit’sbeendriven.
a wheel, use
suddenlyandcauseanaccident.Ifyouhavetoreplace
anew GM originalequipmentwheel.
Tire Chains
6-49
Service & Appearance Care
Appearance Care
-
KO640
.I
C A I lTlnN
Cleaningproductscanbedangerous.Somearetoxic.Otherscan
of
burstintoflame if youstrikeamatchorgetthemonahotpart
the vehicle.Somearedangerous
if youbreathetheirfumes in a
closedspace.Whenyouuseanything
in acontainer to cleanyour
vehicle,besure to followtheinstructions.Andalwaysopenyour
doorsorwindowswhenyou’recleaningtheinside.
Never usethese to clean your vehicle:
Gasoline
Benzene
Naphtha
CarbonTetrachloride
Acetone
Paint Thinner
Turpentine
Lacquer Thinner
NailPolishRemover
Theycan all behazardous-somemore
alldamageyourvehicle,too.
6-50
than others-and
theycan
NOTICE
Cleaning the Inside of Your Vehicle
Useavacuumcleaneroften
aclean,dampcloth.
to getrid of dustandloosedirt.Wipevinylwith
YourGM dealerhastwoGMcleaners-asolvent-typespotlifteranda
foam-typepowderedcleaner.Theywillcleannormalspotsandstainsvery
well.
Herearesomecleaningtips:
Always read theinstructionsonthecleanerlabel.
Cleanupstainsassoon
,
as youcan-beforetheyset.
Useaclean cloth orsponge,andchange
brushmaybeused
if stainsarestubborn.
to acleanareaoften.A
Usesolvent-typecleaners in awellventilatedarea
don’tsaturatethestainedarea.
If aringformsafterspotcleaning,
willset.
soft
only. If youusethem,
clean theentireareaimmediately
Using Foam-Type Cleaner on Fabric
Vacuumandbrushthe
area to removeanyloosedirt.
Always clean awholetrimpanel
stitch orweltlines.
.or section.Masksurroundingtrimalong
Mix Multi-PurposePowderedCleanerfollowingthedirectionsonthe
containerlabel.
Usesudsonlyandapplywithacleansponge.
Don’t saturatethematerial.
Don’trub
it roughly.
As soonasyou’vecleanedthesection,useasponge
suds.
6-51
to removethe
or it
Service & Appearance
Rinsethesectionwithaclean,wetsponge.
Wipeoffwhat’sleftwithaslightlydamppapertowelorcloth.
Thendry it immediatelywithanairhose,ahairdryeroraheatlamp.
Wipewlrha
cleancloth.
Using Solvent-Type Cleaner on Fabric
First,see if youhavetousesolvent-typecleaneratall.Somespotsand
stains will clean off better with just water and
mild soap.
If youneed to useit,then:
Gentlyscrapeexcesssoilfromthetrimmaterialwithaclean,dullknife
or scraper.Usevery little cleaner, lightpressureandcleancloths
(preferablycheesecloth).Cleaningshouldstartattheoutside
of thestain,
“feathering”towardthecenter.Keepchanging
to acleansectionofthe
cloth.
Whenyoucleanastainfromfabric,immediatelydrytheareawithanair
hose,hairdryer,orheatlamp
to helppreventacleaningring.(See
previous NOTICE.)
Special Cleaning Problems
GreasyorOilyStains:Likegrease,
oil, butter,margarine,shoepolish,coffee
withcream,chewinggum,cosmeticcreams,vegetableoils,waxcrayon,tar
andasphalt.
Carefullyscrapeoffexcessstain.
Thenfollowthesolvent-typeinstructionsabove.
Shoepolish, wax crayons,tarandasphaltwillstain
if leftonavehicle
seatfabric.Theyshouldberemovedassoonaspossible.Becareful,
becausethecleanerwilldissolvethemand
maycausethem to bleed.
Non-GreasyStains:Likecatsup,coffee(black),egg,fruit,fruitjuice,milk,
softdrinks,wine,vomit,urineandblood.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thenspongetheplacewithcoolwater.
Ifa stainremains,followthefoam-typeinstructionsabove.
6-52
i
.
If anodorlingersaftercleaningvomitorurine,treattheareawitha
watedbakingsodasolution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml)of bakingsoda to 1 cup
(250 ml)oflukewarmwater.
Finally,ifneeded,cleanlightlywithsolvent-typecleaner.
CombinationStains:Likecandy,icecream,mayonnaise,
unknownstains.
Carefullyscrape off excessstain,thencleanwith
dry.
If astainremains,cleanitwithsolvent-typecleaner.
c i sauceand
cool waterandallowto
Cleaning Vinyl or Leather
Justusewarmwaterandacleancloth.
Rubwithaclean,dampcloth
morethanonce.
to removedirt. Youmay have to do it
Thingsliketar,asphaltandshoepolish
will stain if you^ don’tgetthem
offquickly.Useaclean
cloth and solvent-type vinylheather cleaner.
Cleaning the Top of the Instrument Panel
Use only mild soap and water
to clean the top surfaces of the instrument
panel.Sprayscontainingsiliconesorwaxesmaycauseannoyingreflectionsin
thewindshieldandevenmakeitdifficult
to seethroughthewindshieldunder
certainconditions.
Care of Safety Belts
Keepbeltscleanand dry.
I
I
CAUTION
A
Do not bleach or dye safety kits. If you do, it may severely weaken
them. In acrashtheymight not be able to provide adequate
protection.Cleansafety belts onlywithmild soap andlukewarm
water.
Glass
Glassshould be cleanedoften. GM Glass Cleaner (GM Part No. 1050427) or
aliquidhouseholdglasscleanerwillremovenormaltobaccosmokeanddust
films.
Don’tuseabrasivecleaners on glass,becausetheymay cause scratches.
Avoidplacingdecalsontheinsiderear
window,sincetheymay
havetobe
scraped off later.
6-53
Service & Appearance Cave
Cleaning the Outside of Your Windshield and Wiper Blades
If thewindshield is notclearafterusingthewindshieldwasher,or
if thewiper
bladechatters whenrunning,waxorothermaterialmaybeonthebladeor
windshield.
Cleantheoutside of thewindshieldwith GMWindshieldCleaner,Bon-Ami
if beads do not
Powder@(GMPart No. 1050011). Thewindshieldisclean
formwhenyourinse
it withwater.
Cleantheblade by wipingvigorouslywithaclothsoakedinfullstrength
windshield washersolvent.Thenrinsethebladewithwater.
Wiperbladesshouldbecheckedonaregularbasisandreplacedwhenworn.
Cleaning the Outside of Your Vehicle
Thepaintfinishonyourvehicleprovides
retentionanddurability.
beauty,depthofcolor,
Washing Your Vehicle
Thebestway to preserveyourvehicle’sfinish
it often withlukewarmorcoldwater.
gloss
is to keepitcleanbywashing
Don’twashyourvehicle in thedirectrays of the sun.Don’tusestrongsoaps
orchemicaldetergents.Useliquidhandordishorcarwashing
(non-detergent)soaps.Don’tusecleaningagentsthatcontainacidor
to
abrasives.Allcleaningagentsshouldbeflushedpromptlyandnotallowed
dryonthesurface,ortheycouldstain.Drythefinishwithasoft,
clean
chamoisor 100% cottontoweltoavoidsurfacescratchesandwaterspotting.
High pressure car washesmaycausewater
to enter yourvehicle.
Finish Care
Occasionalwaxingormildpolishing
ofyour vehicle maybenecessary
removeresiduefromthepaintfinish.YoucangetGMapprovedcleaning
productsfromyourdealer.(See“AppearanceCareandMaterials’’inthe
Index.)
to
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Parts
Brightmetalpartsshould becleanedregularly to keeptheirluster.Washing
withwaterisallthatisusuallyneeded.However,youmayuseGMChrome
if necessary.
Polishonchromeorstainlesssteeltrim,
Usespecialcarewithaluminumtrim.
To avoiddamagingprotectivetrim,never
useauto orchromepolish,steamorcausticsoap
to cleanaluminum. A
coating of wax,rubbed to ahighpolish,isrecommendedfor
all brightmetal
parts.
6-54
NOTICE
Service & Appearance Care
in closedareas of theframeshouldbeloosenedbeforebeingflushed.
do this for you.
dealer or an underbody vehicle washing system can
Your
Chemical Paint Spotting
Some weather and atmospheric conditions can create a chemical fallout.
Airbornepollutants fall uponandattackpaintedsurfacesonyourvehicle.This
damagecantaketwoforms:blotchy,ringlet-shapeddiscolorations,andsmall
irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface.
Althoughnodefect in thepaintjobcausesthis,GeneralMotorswillrepair,at
no charge to the owner, the surfaces ofnewvehiclesdamaged by this fallout
conditionwithin12monthsor
12,000miles(20 000 km)ofpurchase,
whichever comes first.
Appearance Care Materials Chart
PART
NUMBER
SIZE
1050172
vinyls
16 oz.
(0.473L)
1050173
16
oz.
(0.473L)
1050174
16
oz.
(0.473L)
1050214
32
oz.
(0.946L)
1050244
16
oz.
(0.473L)
1050427
23
oz.
on
(0.680L)
1050429
6 Ibs.
(2.72kg)
1050729
8
1051055
1051398
8
1052870
16
1050201
oz.
(0.237L)
16 oz.
(0.473L)
oz.
(0.237L)
oz.
(0.473L)
16 oz.
(0.473L)
DESCRIPTION
Tar andRoad
Oil Remover
ChromeCleaner
andPolish
WhiteSidewall
TireCleaner
VinyVLeather
Cleaner
FabricCleaner
USAGE
Removes old waxes,polishes, tar
androadoil
Removesrustandcorrosionon
chromeandstainlesssteel
Cleanswhiteandblacktires
~~
~~
Spotandstainremovalonleather
or vinvl
Spotandstainremovalon
cloth
and fabric
Glass
Cleaner
Glass
cleaning
and
spot
cleaning
Cleansvinylandclothondoortrim,
seats,andcarpet-also
tiresand
mats
Cleaning of vinyl tops
Multi-Purpose
Powder Cleaner
Vinyl Top
Cleaner
Preservatone
Vinyl top dressing
Spotandstainremovalon
and fabric
Exterior wash
Spot Lifter
Wash-Wax
(conc.)
MagicMirror
Cleaner-Polish
cloth
~~
Exterior cleaner and
polish
~nn77
6-56
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
KO641
This is the legalidentifierforyourvehicle.
It appearsona plate in thefront
corner of theinstrumentpanel,onthedriver'sside.
Youcan see it if you
look throughthewindshieldfromoutsideyourvehicle.TheVINalsoappears
ontheVehicleCertificationandServicePartslabelsandthecertificates
of
title andregistration.
Engine ldenfification
The eighth character in yourVIN is theenginecodeforyour
1993 GM
engine.Thiscodewillhelpyouidentifyyourengine,specifications,and
replacement parts in thissection.
6-57
Service & Appearance Care
N
L
a
I
W
m
z
I2
1
I:
W
>
.
1
.. .
PO172
6-58
Service Parts Identification Label
Service Parts Identification
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Thewiringcircuits in yourvehicleareprotectedfromshortcircuits
by a
combination of fuses,circuitbreakers,andfusiblethermallinks
in thewiring
itself.Thisgreatlyreducesthechance
of firescausedbyelectricalproblems.
6-59
I
Service & Appearance Cave
Headlights
Theheadlightwiringisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerinthelightswitch.An
electricaloverloadwillcausethelightstogo
on and off, orinsomecasesto
remain off. If thishappens,haveyourheadlightwiringcheckedrightaway.
Windshield Wipers
Thewindshieldwipermotorisprotectedbyacircuitbreakerandafuse.
themotoroverheatsduetoheavysnow,etc.,thewiperwillstopuntilthe
motorcools. If theoverloadiscausedbysomeelectricalproblemandnot
snow,etc.,besuretoget
it fixed.
If
Power Windows and Other Power Options
Circuitbreakersinthefusepanelprotectthepowerwindowsandotherpower
too heavy,thecircuitbreakeropens
accessories.Whenthecurrentloadis
andcloses,protectingthecircuituntiltheproblemisfixedorgoesaway.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Theoptionalseven-wiretrailerwiring
I
;s isprotectedby an in-linefuse
inthebatteryfeedwire.Thisfuseisnearrhejunctionblock.See“Trailer
& Controls’’section.
WiringHarness”inthe“Features
Fuse Block
.-:- .:
1
.-.
KO631
Thefuseblock
is intheinstrumentpanelonthedriver’sside.
Removethecoverwithascrewdriverandthenyoucanremovefuseswitha
fuseextractor.
6-60
Besure to usethecorrectfuse. If youeverhaveaproblemontheroadand
don’t have a spare fuse, you can “borrow” one
of the correct value. Just pick
some feature of your vehicle that you can get along
without-like the radio or
if it is of thevalueyouneed.Replace
it
cigarettelighter-anduseitsfuse,
assoon as youcan.See“FusesandCircuitBreakers”
in thissection.
Cap cities and Specification Charts
Replac -merit Parts
Replacementpartnumberslisted in thissection are basedonthelatest
informationavailableatthetime of printing,and are subject to change. If a
partlisted in this manualisnotthesameasthepartused
in yourvehicle
when it wasbuilt,or if youhaveanyquestions,pleasecontactyourGMtruck
dealer.
Engine Identification
DESCRIPTION
Engine
L4
Liter
DisplaceType ment
2.5L
2.8L
V6
V6
4.3L
V6
4.3L
*ThrottleBodyInjection
“CentralPortInjection
I
ENGINE
VJN
Cde
A
R
Fuel
Svstem
TBI*
TBI*
Z
TBI*
CPI**
W
Produced
BY
U.S.
us.
Emissions
L.D.
L.D.
Canada
Mexico
US.
U.S.
L.D.
L.D.
TO263
Wheel Nut Torque
DESCRIPTION
Base or Optional Wheel
TORQUE
95 ft. Ibs. (130 Nam)
TO303
6-61
Service & Appearance Care
Cooling Sysfem Capacity
QUANTITY
heater
Without
rear
CODE
ENGINE
VIN
A
2.5L
2.8L
R
Z
4.3L
4.3L
W
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
MUST
checked.
be
level the refill,
*After
11.5 Quarts (11 Liters)
10.5 Quarts (10 Liters)
12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
12.1Quarts(11.5Liters)
TO266
Crankcase Capacity
I
I
ENGINE CODE
VIN
Without
Filter
2.5L
I A
I 3 Quarts
(2.8
Liters)
R
2.8L
4 Quarts(3.8Liters)
Z
4.3L
4 Quarts(3.8Liters)
4.3L
I W I 4 Quarts(3.8Liters)
*All quantities are approximate.
MUST bechecked.
*Afterrefill,thelevel
I
I
I
Filter
With
3.5 Quarts
(3.3
Liters)
4.5Quarts(4.3 Liters)
4.5Quarts(4.3Liters)
4.5 Quarts(4.3Liters)
I
I
TO267
Fuel Tank Capacify
TYPE
Standard Tank
Available on some
2WD
Pickups
Gallon13
*All quantitiesareapproximate.
Gallons 20
QUANTITY
(76 Liters)
‘50 Liters)
i
TO262
6-62
Lamp and Bulb Data
Lam And Bulb Data
6-63
Service & Appearance Cam
Lamp And Bulb Data
I
1
ExteriorLamps
Quantity
CheckGagesIndicator'
DaytimeRunningLights
Indicator'
. . DaytimeRunningLightsIndicator2
ChargingSystemIndicator'
HighBeamIndicator'
High
- Beamlndicato?
Illumination'
Cluster
Instrument
6
3
Engine
(Service
Malfunction
Lamp
Indicator
1
PC74 .7
Soon)'
MalfunctionIndicatorLamp(ServiceEngine
Soon)'
or'" Belt
Seat
1
94 2
Indicator Shift
(PRNDL)'
1
942
Band' Warning
Tachometer
1
94
2
Signal
Turn
2
.7
dicator'
Upshift
Indicator2
Upshift
2
'With StandardInstrumentCluster'WithDigitalInstrumentCluster
I
6-64
1
Trade No.
PC1 94
PC174
PC1 94
PC168
I
pc194
PC1
PC1
PC1
PC74
PC194
Service Replacement Part an'd Filter
Recommendations
Oil
Filter
Air
Cleaner
Filter
PCV
Valve
1
Radsiator
Spark*
;
RC36
2.8L(R)
A773C
CV78@C
4.3L (Z)
PF51 I A1163C I CV892C
4.3L CW)
*Usecopper-coredresistortypesparkplugs.
**Usedontwowheeldrivem!odels.
.R43TSK
.CR43TS
.CR43TS
I
I
I
GF481
GF481
GF481
RC36
TO277
Air Conditioning Refrigerant Capacity
2.50
TYPE
C-60
R-12
*All Quantities Are Approximate
SYSTEM
WANTITY'
Ibs. (1.134 kg)
TO365
Air Conditioning Refrigerants
Notallairconditio'ningrefrigerantsarethesame.
Iftheairconditioning
system in your vehimcle needs lefrigerant, besure the pro'perrefriaerant is
used.Ifyou're not w e , .ask your GM dealer.
6-65
."
.
I
I
Service & Appearance Care
3
PO356
6-66
Fuses and Circuit Breakers
Name
Inst.Lps.
Pwr.Acc.
Horn-DM
Ign.-Gages
Crank
Stop-Haz.
TailLps
Turn-BIU
HeaterINC
Radio
ECM B
ECM I
Pwr.Wndw.
Wiper
Brake
DRL
CircuitsProtected
InstrumentPanelLights,Headlight
WarningBuzzer,AshTrayLight,Four
WheelDriveIndicatorLight,FogLight
SwitchLight
PowerDoorLocks,CDPlayer,Electric
Shift Transfer Case
Horn,DomeLights,GloveBoxLight,
Clock,Lighter,LightedVanityMirror,
FogLamp,CourtesyLights,Outside
RearviewMlrror
IndicatorLightsandGages,Auto.
TransmissionconverterClutch,Cruise
Control,FourWheelDriveIndicator
Light,SeatBeltTimer
EngineControlModule
StopLights,HazardWarningLights,
ChimeModule
LightSwitch,Tail/ParkLights,Digital
Cluster,LicenseLamp
TurnSignals & BackupLights
HeatingandAirConditioning
Radio,InsideRearviewMirrorMap
Lights
EngineControlModule,FuelPump
EngineControlModule
Power Windows
WindshieldWipersandWashers
RearWheelAntilockBrakeModule,
Speedometer
DaytimeRunningLightRelay(Canada
Only)
TrailerWiringHarness
CD Player
ElectricShiftTransferCaseModule
Aux.Pwr. Outlet(ParcelTrav)
Trailer*
CDPlayer**
TCCM
Aux.Pwr.**
"In-line fuse
'*Fuse is attachedtoFuseBlock
Fuse
5Amp
Circuit
k e aker
30 Amp
20Amp
20Amp
3 Amp
15Amp
20Amp
15Amp
25Amp
15 Amp
15 Amp
10 Amp
30 Amp
25Amp
15 Amp
10 Amp
30 Amp
10 Amp
5Amp
10 AmD
TO264
6-67
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Section
Thissectioncoversthemaintenancerequiredforyourvehicle.
Your vehicle
needstheseservicestoretain
its safety,dependability,andemissioncontrol
performance.
7-2
A WordAboutMaintenance .................................................................................
YourVehicle andtheEnvironment ......................................................................7-2
..................................... 7-3
Scheduled Maintenance Services ....................
Selecting The Proper Maintenance Schedule .................................................7-3
Maintenance Schedule I ................................................................................
7-5
Maintenance Schedule II ...............................................................................7-7
Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices ...........................................7-8
7-11
Owner Checks and Services ..............................................................................
At Least Once a Month........................................................
......................... 7-11
At Least Once a Year ..................................................................................... 7-11
Periodic Maintenance Inspections ...................................................................... 7-13
Recommended Fluids & Lubricants................................................................... 7-14
Maintenance Record ........................................................................................... 7-16
Ciervice Station Checks......................................................................................7-17
~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ r ~ ~ r s w . . w m w
~~
I
L
Have you purchased
the
GM Pmection Plan?
The
Plan
supplements your new vehicle warranties.
See your GM dealer
for details.
TO248
Scheduled Maintenance Services
A Word About Maintenance
Weat GeneralMotorswant to helpyoukeep your vehicleingoodworking
condition.But we don’tknowexactlyhowyou’lldriveit.Youmaydrivevery
shortdistancesonlyafewtimesaweek.Oryoumaydrivelongdistancesall
thetimeinveryhot,dustyweather.Youmayuseyour
vehicleinmaking
deliveries.Oryou maydrive it to work, to do errands, or in many other ways.
Becauseof allthedifferentwayspeopleusetheir
GM vehicles,maintenance
needsvary.Youmayevenneedmore
frequentchecksandreplacementsthan
So pleasereadthissectionand
youwillfind in theschedulesinthissection.
note howyou drive. Ifyouhaveany
questions onhow to keepyourvehicle
GM dealer,theplacemany GMownerschoose
ingoodcondition,seeyour
to havetheirmaintenanceworkdone.
Your dealercanbereliedupon
to use
properpartsandpractices.
Your Vehicle And The Environment
Propervehiclemaintenancenotonlyhelpskeepyourvehicle
in goodworking
All recommendedmaintenance
condition,but it alsohelpstheenvironment.
proceduresareimportant.Impropervehiclemaintenanceortheremoval
of
importantcomponentscansignificantlyaffectthequality
of theair we breathe.
Improperfluidlevelsoreventhewrongtireinflationcanincreasethelevel
of
emissionsfromyourvehicle.
To helpprotectourenvironment,andtohelp
keepyourvehicle in goodcondition,pleasemaintainyourvehicleproperly.
A
Performingmaintenanceworkonavehiclecanbedangerous.
In
Do yourown
trying to do somejobs,youcanbeseriouslyinjured.
maintenanceworkonly if youhavetherequiredknow-howandthe
If youhaveanydoubt,have
propertoolsandequipmentforthejob.
a qualified technician do the work.
b
If you are skilled enough to do someworkonyourvehicle,youwillprobably
want to gettheserviceinformation GM publishes. You willfindalist of
publicationsand how to gettheminSection 8, ‘CustomerAssistance
Information”. See“ServicePublications” in theIndex.
TheMaintenanceRecordprovidesaplaceforyou
to recordthemaintenance
performedonyourvehicle.Wheneveranymaintenanceisperformed,besure
to write it down in thissection.Thiswillhelpyoudeterminewhenyournext
maintenanceshouldbedone. In addition, it is agoodidea to keepyour
maintenancereceipts.Theymaybeneeded
to qualifyyourvehiclefor
warrantyrepairs.
7-2
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Thisparttellsyouthemaintenanceservicesyoushouldhavedoneanawhen
you should schedule them. Your GM dealerknowsyourvehiclebestand
all yourservice
wants you to behappywith it. Ifyougotoyourdealerfor
needs,you’llknowthatGM-trainedandsupportedservicepeoplewillperform
theworkusinggenuineGMparts.
These schedules are for vehicles that:
carrypassengersandcargowithintherecommendedlimits.
theselimitsonyourvehicle’sCertificationLabel.See“Loading
Vehicle’’in the Index.
You willfind
Your
aredrivenonregularroadsurfaces,andwithinlegaldrivinglimits,as
describedinSection 4, “Your DrivingandtheRoad”.
aredrivenoff-road in therecommendedmanner.See“OffRoadDriving
WithYour Four-wheel DriveVehicle”intheIndex.
usetheproperfuel.See“Fuel”
in theIndex.
Selecting The Proper Maintenant- Schedule
~
Your driving conditions and how you use your vehicle will help you determine
whichscheduletouse.Theschedulesarefoundlater
in thissection.
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
Is any one of these’ true for your vehicle?
Mosttripsarelessthan
4 miles (6 kilometers).
Mosttripsarelessthan
10 miles(16kilometers)andtheoutside
temperaturesarebelowfreezing.
Theengine is atlowspeedmostofthetime(asinstop-and-gotraffic,
door-to-doordelivery,orothercommercialuses).
You operate in dustyareasoroff-roadfrequently.
You towatrailer.
If anyone(ormore)
of these is trueforyourdriving,followSchedule
chartforSchedule I hasplussigns (t).
I. The
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
FollowSchedule II ONLY if none of theaboveconditionsaretrue.Thechart
forSchedule II hasdots (e).
7-3
Scheduled Maintenance Services
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICESFOR
I
Ifyourdrivingconditionsmeetthosespecifiedi
Services”in this Section(orseeIndex),use
Miles (000) 3
Item
No. Kilometers
Service
(000) 5
1EngineOilChange*
Months,
-Even/
3or
Oil FilterChange*
t
-Every3Months,or
2ChassisLubrication-Every
12 Months,
or
I
I
I I
M
6
10
I
, ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L
only)
J
Iengines
t
I
1I
4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24
Months or
5 Cleaner
Air Filter
Replacement*
6 FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
Only)
7 Transmission Service**
8 FuelFilterReplacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10 SparkPlugWireInspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
12Fuel Tank, CapandLinesInspection*
13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection*
Rotation
Wheel and14 Tire
t
vice Axle Drive
15
t
t
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*An EmissionControlService
**See “Explanation of ScheduledMaintenapceServices” in theIndex
I I
TO283
7-4
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE I
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART
UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THE SAMEINTERVALS.
T028r
7-5
scheduled Maintenance Services
I
SCHEDU--D MAIM 4ANCE SEf
-7s FOR
Ifyour drivingconditionsmeetthose I
Services”inthisSection (or seelnde
Item
Miles (000) 3 6
No.Kilometers
Service
(000) 5 10
1EngineOilChange*
-Every12Months,
or
OilFilterChange*
-Every 12 Months,or
2ChassisLubrication-Every12Months,
or
ClutchForkBallStudLubrication(4.3L
3
enginesonly)
4 CoolingSystemService*-Every24
Monthsor
5 AirCleanerFilterReplacement*
6FrontWheelBearingRepack(2WD
Only)
7 TransmissionService**
8FuelFilterReplacement*
9 SparkPlugsReplacement*
10SparkPlugWireInspection*
11 EngineTimingCheck*
12 FuelTank,CapandLinesInspection*
13 EngineAccessoryDriveBeltInspection*
14 TireandWheelRotation
15DriveAxleService
16 BrakeSystemsInspection**
FOOTNOTES:
*AnEmissionControlService
**See“Explanation of ScheduledMaintenanceServices” in theIndex
TO287
7-6
MAINTENANCESCHEDULE II
21 22.5
35 37,5
36 37.5
60 62.5
39
65
-
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
THESERVICESSHOWNONTHISCHART
UP TO 60,000 MILES (100 000 km)
ARE TO BEDONEAFTER 60,000 MILES AT THESAMEINTERVALS.
T028t
7-7
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Services
Belowareexplanations
of theserviceslistedinthemaintenancecharts.
Theproperfluidsandlubricantstousearelistedinthissection.Makesure
whoeverservicesyourvehicleusesthese.Allpartsshouldbereplacedand
allnecessaryrepairsdonebeforeyouoranyoneelsedrivesthevehicle.
1.ENGINEOILANDOILFILTERCHANGE*-ALWAYSUSESGOR
II OILS OF THEPROPER
SG/CEQUALITY,ENERGYCONSERVING
VISCOSITY.To determinethepreferredviscosityoilforyourvehicle’s
engine(e.g.SAE5W-30).See“EngineOil”intheIndex.
2.CHASSISLUBRICATION-Lubricate
thefrontsuspension,balljoint,
steeringlinkage,clutch,andtransfercaseshiftlinkage,parkingbrake
cableguides,propshaftsplines,universaljoints,brakepedalsprings,and
clutchpedalspringsattheintervalsspecifiedonthepropermaintenance
schedule,orateveryengineoilchange,whichevercomesfirst.On
vehicleswithouthydraulicclutches,lubricatetheclutchcrossshaftevery
30,000miles (50 000 km).
Balljointsshouldnotbelubricatedunlesstheirtemperatureis
(-12°C)orhigher.Whentheweatheriscold,letthemwarmupbefore
lubricatingthemortheycouldbedamaged.
10°F
Also,besuretocheckallthevehiclefluidlevelsatthistime.
3. CLUTCHFORKBALLSTUDLUBRICATION(4.3LENGINESONLY)
-Lubricatetheclutchforkballstudthroughthefittingontheclutch
.0066
housing.Lubricantmustbeadded“sparingly”tothefitting,asonly
Ib.(.003kg)isrequiredtolubricatetheballstudsurface.
Do notadd
lubricantmoreoftenthantheintervalsrecommendedintheMaintenance
Schedules. Toomuchlubricant will damagetheclutchassembly.
4. COOLINGSYSTEMSERVICE*-Drain,flushandrefillthesystemwith
newcoolant.See“EngineCoolant’’intheIndexforthepropercoolant
andmixturetouseinyourvehicle.
if theyarecracked,swollen,or
Alsoinspectthehosesandreplacethem
deteriorated.Tightenallhoseclamps.Cleantheoutside
of theradiator
andairconditioningcondenser.Washtheradiatorneck.
To ensureproper
operation,pressuretesttheradiatorandcap.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-8
5. AIR CLEANERFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replaceat
specified
intervals. Askyourdealerfor the proper replacement intervals for your
drivingconditions.
6. FRONTWHEELBEARINGREP1 -;< (2-WHEELDRIVEONLY)-Clean
andrepackthefrontwheelbearingsateachbrakerelining,
or atthe
specifiedinterval,whichevercomesfirst.
7. TRANSMISSIONSERVICE:
AutomaticTransmission-Changethetransmissionfluidandfilterevery
15,000miles(25 000 km) if thevehicle is mainlydrivenunderoneor
moreoftheseconditions:
In heavycitytraffic.
Where the outsidetemperatureregularlyreaches
higher.
90°F (32°C) or
In hilly ormountainousterrain.
Frequenttrailerpulling.
0
Usessuchastaxi,police,deliveryorothercommercialservice.
If thevehicle is notusedmainlyunderany
oftheseconditions,change
(50 000 km).See“Automatic
the fluid andfilterevery30,000miles
TransmissionFluid” in theIndexformoreinformation.
ManualTransmission-Transmissionfluiddoesnotrequireperiodic
changing.
8. FUELFILTERREPLACEMENT*-Replace
interval orsooner if clogged.
thefuel filter atthespecified
9.SPARKPLUGSREPLACEMENT*-Replacespark
plugswiththetype
listed in Section 6. See“SpecificationCharts”intheIndex.
10.SPARKPLUGWIREINSPECTION*-Cleanwiresandinspectforburns,
cracks or other damage. Check the wire boot fit at the distributor and at
thesparkplugs.Replacewires
as needed.
11.ENGINETIMINGCHECKANDDISTRIBUTORCHECK*-Adjusttiming
tounderhoodlabelspecifications.Inspecttheinsideandoutside
of the
distributorcapandrotorforcracks,carbontrackingandcorrosion.Clean
orreplaceasneeded.
12.FUELTANK,CAPANDLINESINSPECTION*-Inspectthefueltank,
capandlinesfordamageorleaks.Removefuelcap,inspectgasketfor
anevenfillerneckimprint,andanydamage.Replacepartsasneeded.
* AnEmissionControlService
7-9
Scheduled Maintenance Services
13. ENGINEACCESSORYDRIVEBELTINSPECTION*-Inspectbelt.Look
forcracks,fraying,wear,andpropertension.Adjustorreplaceas
needed.
14.TIREANDWHEELROTATIONANDINSPECTION-Forproperwear
6,000 miles(10 000
andmaximumtirelife,rotatetiresatthefirst
kilometers)forSchedule I or 7,500 miles (12 500 kilometers)for
Schedule II andthenevery 15,000 miles (25 000 kilometers)thereafter.
6. Checktiresfor
FollowtheinstructionsandpatternsshowninSection
If irregularorprematurewearisapparent,
unevenwearordamage.
checkwheelalignment.Also,checkfordamagedwheels.See“Tires”in
theIndexformoreinformation.
15. DRIVEAXLESERVICE-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandaddas
needed.Checkconstantvelocityjointsandaxlesealsforleaking.
Locking differential -Drain fluidatfirstoilchangeandrefill.Check
fluidlevelandaddasneededatsubsequentoilchanges.Industy
areas or trailertowingapplications,drainfluidatevery15,000miles
(24 135 kilometers)andrefi1l.t
Standard differential -Check fluidlevelandaddasneededat
everyoilchange.Industyareasortrailertowingapplications,drain
fluidevery 15,000 miles(24 135 kilometers)andrefil1.t
Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredforoff-roaduse.
16. BRAKE SYSTEMINSPECTION -When theengineoilischanged,
inspectthelinesandhosesforproperhookup,binding,leaks,cracks,
chafing,etc.Checktheparkingbrakeadjustment,andthefluidlevelin
themastercylinder.Alowfluidlevelcanindicateworndiscbrakepads
whichmayneedtobeserviced.t
Whenthewheelsareremovedforrotation,inspectdiscbrakepadsfor
wearandrotorsforsurfacecondition.Alsoinspectdrumbrakeliningsfor
wearandcracks.Inspectotherbrakeparts,includingdrums,wheel
cylinders,parkingbrake,etc.,atthesametime.
Inspect brakes more often if driving habits or conditions result
frequent braking.
t A fluid loss inthesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-1 0
in
Owner Checks and Services
Listed belowareownerchecksandserviceswhichwouldbemadeatthe
timeperiodspecified to helpensurepropersafety,emissionperformance,and
dependability ofyour vehicle.
Besureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.Wheneveranyfluids
or lubricantsareadded to yourvehicle,makesuretheyaretheproperones,
asshown in thissection.
At Least Once a Month
Tire inflation pressure check -Check the tires for proper inflation.
are low, inflate them to thelevelspecifiedontheCertificationlabel.See
“Inflation-TirePressure” in theIndex.
Ifthey
At Least Once a Year
Keylockcylinderlubrication-Lubricatekeylockcylinderswithoneofthe
lubricantsrecommended in thisSection.
Transmissionneutralorclutchstartswitchoperation
-
1 CAUTION
Whenyouaredoing
this check,thevehiclecould
it does,youorotherscouldbeinjured.Followthestepsbelow.
movesuddenly. If
1. Beforeyoustart,besureyouhaveenoughroomaroundthevehicle.
2. Firmlyapply both the manualparkingbrake.andtheregularbrake.
See
“Brakes”and“ParkingBrake”
in theIndex. Do notusetheaccelerator
pedal.
3. Beready to turn off the engineimmediately if itstarts.
4. Onautomatictransmissionvehicles,try
to starttheengine
Thestartershouldworkonly
in P (Park)or N (Neutral).
in eachgear.
On manualtransmissionvehicles,puttheshiftlever
in N (Neutral),push
theclutchdownhalfway,and
try to starttheengine.Thestartershould
workonlywhen theclutch is pusheddownalltheway
to thefloor.
7-1 1
I
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Steeringcolumnlockoperation-Whileparked,trytoturnthekeytoLock
in eachgearshiftposition.
Withanautomatictransmission,thekeyshouldturn
the gear shiftis in P(Park).
Withmanualshift,thekeyshouldturn
(Reverse).
Onvehicleswithakeyreleaselever,try
pressingthelever.Thekeyshouldturn
depressed.
Onallvehicles,the
to LOCKonlywhenyou’re
in R
to turnthekey to LOCK without
to LOCKonlywiththekeylever
key shouldcomeoutonly
Parkingbrakeandtransmission
to LOCKonlywhen
in LOCK.
P (Park)mechanismoperation
-
CAUTION
A Whenyouaredoingthischeck,yourvehiclecouldbegin
to move.
Youor otherscouldbeinjuredandpropertycouldbe
damaged.
Makesurethereisroom
in front ofyour vehicle in caseyoubegin
to roll.Beready to applytheregularbrakeatonceshould
the
vehiclebegin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facing downhill.
ontheregularbrake,setthemanualparkingbrake.
1.- )ping your foot
To checktheparkingbrake:Withtheenginerunningandthe
transmission in N (Neutral),slowlyremovefootpressurefromtheregular
brakepedal. Do this until thevehicle is heldbytheparkingbrakeonly.
To checktheP(Park)mechanism’sholdingability:Applytheregular
P (Park).Releasethemanualparkingbrake,then
brakeandshiftto
slowlyreleasetheregularbrake.
Lapandshoulderbeltsconditionandoperation-Inspectbeltsystem,
including:webbing,buckles,latchplates,retractors,guideloopsandanchors.
Have a belt assemblyreplaced if thewebbinghasbeencutorotherwise
damaged.
Body LubricationService-Lubricateallbodydoorhingesincludingthe
tailgate,tailgatehandlepivotpoints,andtailgatemountedsparetirecarrier(if
equipped),lubricatethebody hood, fuel doorandrearcompartmenthinges,
latchesandlocksincludinginteriorgloveboxandconsoledoors,andany
movingseathardware.Lubricatethehoodsafetyleverpivotandproprod
pivot.Morefrequentlubricationmayberequiredwhenexposed
to acorrosive
environment.
7-1 2
Periodic Maintenance Inspections
Listed below are inspectionsandserviceswhichshould
beperformedatleast
twiceayear(forinstance,eachspringandfall).
You shouldletyour GM
dealer’s service department or other qualified service center do these jobs.
Makesureanynecessaryrepairsarecompletedatonce.
SteeringandSuspension lnspectiont -Inspect front and rear suspension
andsteeringsystemfordamaged,looseormissingparts,signs
ofwearor
lackoflubrication.Inspectpowersteeringlinesandhosesforproperhook-up,
binding,leaks,cracks,chafing,etc.
(On vehiclesequippedwithmanual
steering gear,check forsealleakage.)Lubricatethesteeringlinkage.
AcceleratorControlSystem-Lubricate
all pivotpointswithengineoil,
except the TBI throttleshaft. Do notlubricatethecampulley.Removeall
externaldepositsfrompulley. Donotoilanyacceleratororcruisecontrol
cables.Replaceanycablesthathave
high effortorexcessivewear.
ExhaustSystemInspection-Inspect
the completesystem.Inspectthebody
neartheexhaustsystem.Lookforbroken,damaged,missingor
out-of-positionparts,aswell as openseams,holes,looseconnectionsor
otherconditionswhich could causeaheatbuildupinthefloorpanorcould
letexhaustfumesseepintothepassengercompartments.See“Engine
Exhaust” in the Index..
DriveAxleService-Checkrear/frontaxlefluidlevelandadd
Check constant velocity joints and axle seals for leaking.
as needed.
Transfer Case(four-wheeldrive) lnspectiont -Every 12 monthsoratoil
changeintervals,checkfrontaxleandtransfercaseandaddlubricant
when
necessary. Oil thecontrolleverpivotpointandallexposedcontrollinkage.
Checkvent hose at transfer case for kinks and proper installation. More
frequentlubricationmayberequired
on off-road use.
t A fluid loss in thesesystemsmayindicateaproblem.Havetheminspected
andrepairedatonce.
7-1 3
i
I
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Recommended FIuids & Lubricants
NOTE: Fluidsandlubricantsidentifiedbelowbyname,partnumberor
GM Dealer.
specification maybeobtainedfromyour
USAGE
FLUlD/LUBRICANT
Engine Oil
Goodwrench
GM Motor
Oil
equivalent
Service
orAPI
SG
for
orSGICC,SG/CD, SF,SGorCC
of therecommended
viscosity.(SeeSection 6.)
Engine
Coolant
Mixture
of water
and good
quality
a ethylene
glycol
base
antifreezeconforming to GM-6038-M(GMPartNo.1052103).
Hydraulic
Clutch
System
Hydraulic
Clutch
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
12345347
equivalent).
or
Hydraulic
Brake
Systems
Delco
Supreme
11 brake
fluid
(GM
Part
No.
1052535
or
DOT-3).
Parking
Brake
Cables
Chassis
lubricant
meeting
requirements
CatagotyLBorGC-LB(GMPart
of NLGl
Grade
2,
No.1052497).
Power
Steering
System
GM
Power
Steering
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
1050017)
or
equivalent conforming to GMspec9985010.
No. 1052182)
equivalent.
or
Manual
Steering
Gear
GM
Lubricant
(GM
Part
Automatic
Transmission
DEXRONBIIE Automatic
Transmission
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
1051RKK).
ManualTransmission:
a.
5-Speed
(RPO
ML3
and
a.
DEXRONBIIE Automatic
Transmission
Fluid
(GM
Part
MW1)
5-Speed
b. (RPO
MY2)
Synchromesh
b.
Transmission
Fluid
(GM
Part
No.
12345349).
No.
Differential:
Axle
a.Standard - Frontand
Rear
b. Locking
a.SAE-80W-90GL-5gearlubricant(GMPartNo.
b. SAE-80W-90gearlubricant(GMPartNo.1052271).
DEXRONBIIE AutomaticTransmissionFluid(GMPartNo.
1051 855).
Transfer Case
ColumnShift,TransferCaseChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGIGrade2,
Shift Lever,PropellerShaftSlipCatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
SplinesandUniversalJoints.
ClutchLinkage.Pushrod
clutch fork joint.
to
ChassislubricantmeetingrequirementsofNLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
(Continuednextpage)
TO289
7-1 4
1
li
I
I
Recomm'ended Fluids & Lubricants
[Cont'cs,)
FLUID/LUBRICANT
USAGE
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
CataaorvLBorGC-LBIGMPartNo.10524971.
ClutchFork Ball Stud
Hood Latch Assembly
a. Pivotsandspringanchor
a.Engine oil (GMPart No. 1050109).
b. Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements
(GMPartNo.1052497).
b. ReleasePawl
of GM-6031-M
FrontWheelBearings
Wheelbearinglubricantmeetingrequirements
ofNLGIGrade
2,CatagoryGCorGC-LB(GMPart
No. 1051344).
ConstantVelocityUniversalJoint
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade 2,
CatagoryLB or GC-LB(GMPart No. 1052497).
Automatic Transmission Shift
Linkage,FloorShiftLinkage,
HoodandDoorHinges,Body
DoorHingePins,TailgateHinge
.andLinkage,FoldingSeat,Fuel
DoorHinge
Engine oil
KeyLockCylinders
GMMulti-Purposelubricant(GMPartNo.12345120)ora
syntheticlightweightengineoil(SAE5W-30).
ChassisLubrication
Chassislubricantmeetingrequirements of NLGlGrade2,
CatagoryLBorGC-LB(GMPartNo.1052497).
WindshieldWasherSolventand
Anti-freeze
GM OptikIeenB washersolvent(GMPart
equivalent.
~~
~~
Weatherstrip
-
~~~
No. 1051515) or
~
Siliconegrease(GMPart
No. 1052863)orequivalent.
TailgateMountea spare I
Carrier
(If Equipped)
OuterTailgateHandlePivot
Points
Multi-purposelubricantmeetingrequirements
123451 20.
Gas Line
GasLineDe-lcer(GMPart
Weather Strips
Stxav-A-SaueekIGMPart
No. 1051516).
No.1052277).
of GM PartNo. .!
Scheduled Maintenance Services
Maintenance Record
Aftereach of theprecedingScheduledMaintenanceServicesisperformed,
recordthedate,odometerreading,servicesperformed(listitemnumbers)and
whoperformedtheservices in theappropriatecolumn.Inaddition,retain
copies ofyour receipts. It is suggestedthatreceiptsbekeptwithyour
Owner'sManual.
I
TO260 I
7-1 6
1
E
Service Station Checks
It is important for you or a service station attendant
fill.
under-hoodchecksateachfuel
Checktheengine
oil levelandadd
to perform these
if necessary.
Checktheenginecoolantlevelandadd
Checkthewindshieldwasherfluidlevelandadd
if necessary.
if necessary.
SeetheIndexundertheseitemsforinformationonhowtocheckthem.
7-17
Scheduled Maintenance Services
c:
Customer Assistance information
Section
HereyouwillfindouthowtocontactChevroletifyouneedassistance.This
sectionalsotellsyouhowtoobtainservicepublicationsandhowtoreport
any safety defects.
Customer Satisfaction Procedure ......................................................................... 8-2
Customer Assistance for HearinglSpeech Impaired
...........................................8-3
GM Participation in Better Business Bureau MediatiodArbitration Program
Reporting Safety Defects ......................................................................................
....8-3
8-4
Roadside Assistance .............................................................................................8-5
Service Publications ..............................................................................................8-6
8-1
Customer Assistance Information
Customer Satisfaction Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are important to your dealer and Chevrolet.
Normally,anyconcernwiththesalestransactionortheoperationofyour
vehiclewillberesolvedbyyourdealer'sSalesorServiceDepartments.
Sometimes,however,despitethebestintentions
of allconcerned,
to your
misunderstandingscanoccur. If yourconcernhasnotbeenresolved
satisfaction,thefollowingstepsshouldbetaken:
STEP ONE -Discussyourconcernwithamemberofdealership
If the
management.Complaintscanoftenbequicklyresolvedatthatlevel.
matterhasalreadybeenreviewedwiththeSales,Service,orPartsManager,
contact the owner of the dealership or the General Manager.
STEP TWO -If after contacting a memberof DealershipManagement, it
appears your concern cannot be resolved,by the dealership without fuhher
help, contact Chevrolet's Customer Assistance Center by calling
1-800-222-1020.InCanada,contactthe
GMofCanadaCustomerAssistance
Center in Oshawa by calling1-800-263-3777(English)or1-800-263-7854
(French).
U. S. VirginIslands,call
In Mexico,call(525)254-3777.InPuertoRicoor
1-809-763-1315.Inallotheroverseaslocations,contact
GM International
ExportSalesinCanada by calling 1-416-644-4112.
For promptassistance,pleasehavethefollowinginformationavailable
theCustomerAssistanceRepresentative:
to give
Yourname,address,telephonenumber
Vehicle IdentificationNumber(This is available from thevehicle
registration or title, or the plate attached to the left top of the instrument
panelandvisiblethroughthewindshield.)
Dealershipnameandlocation
Vehicledeliverydateandpresentmileage
Natureofconcern
We encourageyou to call the toll-free numberlistedpreviously in order to
giveyourinquirypromptattention.However,
if youwishtowriteChevrolet,
writeto:ChevroletMotorDivision,ChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter,
P.O.
Box 7047, Troy,MI48007-7047.
U.S. whichcanassist
A listing of allChevroletofficesandofficesoutsidethe
youcanalsobefoundinthewarrantybooklet.Theseservicesarenot
available in Canada.
8-2
I
WhencontactingChevrolet,pleaserememberthatyourconcernwilllikelybe
resolvedinthedealership,usingthedealership'sfacilities,equipmentand
personnel.That is whywesuggestyoufollowStepOne
first if youhavea
concern.
Customer Assistance for the Hearing or
Speech Impaired (TDD)
To assistownerswhohavehearingdifficulties,Chevrolet
has installedspecial
TDD(TelecommunicationsDevicesfortheDeaf)equipmentatitsCustomer
AssistanceCenter.Anyhearingorspeechimpairedcustomerwhohasaccess
toaTDDorconventionalteletypewriter(TTY)cancommunicatewithChevrolet
bydialing:
.....................................................................1-800-TDD-CHEV
1-800-263-3830
In Canada..........................................................................................
In the United States
GM Participation in Better Business
Bureau Mediation/Arbitration Program"
*Thisprogrammaynotbeavailable
in allstates,dependingonstate
Canadianownersrefer to yourwarrantybooklet.
law.
General Motors reserves the right
to change eligibility limitations. and/or to
discontinueitsparticipation in thisprogram.
OurexperiencehasshownthattheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure
describedearlier in thissectionhasbeenverysuccessfulinachieving
customersatisfaction.However, if youhavenotbeensubstantiallysatisfied,
Chevroletwantsyoutobeaware
ofGM'svoluntaryparticipationina
no-chargemediationlarbitrationprogramcalledBBB AUTOLINE.Thisprogram
isadministeredbytheCouncil
of BetterBusinessBureausthroughlocal
BetterBusinessBureaus.Theprogramcanresolveindividualdisputes
involvingvehiclerepairsandtheinterpretation
ofyourNewVehicle
Limited
Warranty.
We preferthatyounotresorttoBBB
AUTOLINE untilafterafinaldecision
ismadeundertheCustomerSatisfactionProcedure.However,youmayfilea
claimatanytimebycontactingyourlocalBetterBusinessBureau(BBB)at
thefollowing toll-free number:1-800-955-5100.Forfurtherinformationabout
also write to:BBBAUTOHOTLINE,
Council of Better
filingaclaim,youmay
800, Arlington,Virginia
BusinessBureaus,4200WilsonBoulevard,Suite
22203.
8-3
Customer Assistance lnformation
Inorder to fileaclaim,youwillhave
to provide yournameandaddress,
the
vehicleidentificationnumber (VIN)ofyourvehicle,andastatementof
the
nature ofyour complaint. BBB staffmay try tohelpresolveyourdispute
to
throughmediation.Ifmediation is notsuccessful,or if youdonotwish
to an
participate in mediation,eligiblecustomersmaypresenttheircase
impartialthird-partyarbitratorat aninformalhearing.Thearbitratorwillrender
adecision in yourcase,whichyoumayacceptorreject.Ifyouaccepta
valid arbitratordecision, GMwillbeboundbythatdecision.Theentiredispute
40 daysfrom thetimeyoufile
settlementprocessshouldordinarilytakeabout
yourcomplaint to the time a decision is rendered(or 47 days if you did not
first contact your dealer or Chevrolet).
of resortingtothe
We encourageyou to usethisprogrambeforeorinstead
courts. We believe it offersadvantagesovercourts in mostjurisdictions
because it is fast,free ofcharge,andinformal(lawyersarenotusually
if youchoose).
present,althoughyoumayretainoneatyourexpense
Arbitrators makedecisionsbasedontheprincipals
of fairnessandequity,and
are not required to duplicate the functions of courtsbystrictlyapplyingstate
to court, however,wedonotrequirethat
or federallaw.Ifyouwishtogo
BBB AUTOLINE*unlessstatelawprovides
youfirstfileaclaimwith
if youare
otherwise.Whateveryourpreferencemaybe,rememberthat
BBB AUTOLINE,youcan
still go to court
unhappywiththeresultsof
becauseanarbitrator'sdecisionisbindingon
GM butnotonyou,unlessyou
acceptit.
Eligibilityislimited by vehicleage/mileage,andotherfactors.Forfurther
BBB at 1-800-955-5100. Youmay
informationconcerningtheprogram,callthe
also call theChevroletCustomerAssistanceCenter.
BBB AUTOLINE before
*Somestatesmayrequirethatyoufileaclaimwith
resorting to state-operatedprocedures(includingcourt).
Reporting Safety Defects to the United
States Government
If youbelievethat yourvehiclehasadefectwhichcouldcauseacrash
could causeinjuryordeath,youshouldimmediatelyinformtheNational
HighwayTrafficSafetyAdministration(NHTSA),inadditiontonotifyingGeneral
Motors.
If NHTSAreceivessimilarcomplaints,
it mayopenaninvestigation,and
or
if it
finds that a safety defect exists
in agroupofvehicles,
it mayorder arecall
andremedycampaign.However,NHTSAcannotbecomeinvolvedinindividual
Motors.
problemsbetweenyou,yourdealer,orGeneral
8-4
To contactNHTSA,youmayeithercalltheAutoSafetyHotlinetoll-freeat
DC area) or writeto:
1-800-424-9393(or366-0123intheWashington,
NHTSA, US. Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. Youcan
alsoobtainotherinformationaboutmotorvehiclesafetyfromtheHotline.
Reporting Safety Defects to the
Canadian Government
If youliveinCanada,andyoubelievethatyourvehiclehasasafetydefect,
youshouldimmediatelynotifyTransportCanada,
in additiontonotifying
GeneralMotors of CanadaLimited. Youmaywrite to:TransportCanadaat
Box8880,Ottawa,OntarioK1G3J2.
Reporting Safety Defects to General
Motors
In additiontonotifying NHTSA(orTransportCanada)inasituationlikethis,
us. Pleasecallusat1-800-222-1020,orwrite:
wecertainlyhopeyou’llnotify
ChevroletMotorDivision,CustomerAssistanceCenter,PostOfficeBox7047,
Troy,Michigan48007-7047. In Canada,please call usat 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French). Or, write:GeneralMotors of Canada
Limited,CustomerAssistanceCenter,1908ColonelSamDrive,Oshawa,
OntarioL1H8P7.
Chevrolet/Geo Roadside Assistance
To enhanceChevrolet’sstrongcommitmenttocustomersatisfaction,Chevrolet
is excited to announce the establishment
of the ChevroletlGeo Roadside
AssistanceCenter. As theownerof a1993ChevroletlGeo,membership in
RoadsideAssistanceisfree.
RoadsideAssistanceisavailable24hoursa
day,365days a year,by calling
1-800-CHEVUSA(1-800-243-8872).Thistoll-freenumberwillprovideyou
over-the-phoneroadsideassistancewithminormechanicalproblems.
Ifyour
problemcannotberesolvedoverthephone,ouradvisorshaveaccess
to a
nationwidenetwork of dealerrecommendedserviceproviders.Thefollowing
servicesareavailable:
Towing
Locksmith
Tirerepair
Glassreplacement
* Rentalcarortaxi
Additionalservicesasnecessary
8-5
Customer Assistance lnformation
TheRoadsideAssistanceCenterusescompaniesthatwillprovideyouwith
qualityandpriorityservice.Whenroadsideservicesarerequired,ouradvisors
willexplainanypaymentobligationsthatmaybeincurredforutilizingoutside
services.
For promptassistancewhencalling,pleasehavethefollowingavailable
givetheadvisor:
to
VehicleIdentificationNumber
Licenseplatenumber
Vehiclecolor
Vehiclelocation
Telephonenumberwhereyoucanbereached
Description of problem
Please refer to the Roadside Assistance brochure inside your portfolio for full
programdetails.
In Canada,call1-800-268-6800fordetailsonRoadsideAssistance.
Service Publications
Informationonhow to obtainProductServicePublications,Subscriptionsand
U.S. states(andthe
Indexesasdescribedbelowisapplicableonlyinthefifty
DistrictofColumbia)andonlyforlighttruckswithGWVRlessthan10,000
pounds (4536 kg).
InCanada,informationpertaining to ProductServiceBulletinsandIndexes
canbeobtainedbywritingto:GeneralMotors
of CanadaLimited,Service
Dr., Oshawa,OntarioL1 H 8P7.
PublicationsDepartment,1908ColonelSam
ChevroletregularlysendsitsdealersusefulservicebulletinsaboutChevrolet
products.Chevroletmonitorsproductperformanceinthefield.
We then
preparebulletinsforservicingourproductsbetter.
Now,youcangetthese
bulletins too.
Bulletins cover varioussubjects.Somepertaintotheproperuseandcareof
yourvehicle.Somedescribecostlyrepairs.Othersdescribeinexpensive
repairswhich, if doneontimewiththelatestparts,mayavoidfuturecostly
repairs.Somebulletinstellatechnicianhow
to repairanew or unexpected
to fix yourvehicle.Theycanhelpa
condition. Others describe a quicker way
technician service your vehicle better.
8-6
Mostbulletinsapply to conditions affecting a small number of cars or trucks.
if a
Your Chevrolet dealer oraqualifiedtechnicianmayhavetodetermine
specific bulletin applies to yourvehicle.
You cansubscribe to allChevroletbulletinsbycallingHelm,Inc.at
1-800-782-4356.Thiswayyou’llgetthemastheycomeout.
Individual PSP’s
If youdon’twant to buyallthePSP’sissuedbyChevroletforallcarand
truckmodels in themodelyear,youcanbuyindividualPSP’s,suchasthose
whichmaypertain to aparticularmodel. To dothis,youwillfirstneedtosee
ourindex ofPSP’s. It providesavariety of information. Here’swhat you’ll find
in theindexandhowyoucangetone:
What You’ll Find in the Index:
Alist of all PSP’spublished by Chevroletinamodelyear
(1989or
later). PSP’s covering all modelsof Chevroletcars or lighttrucksless
than 10,000 pounds(4536kg) GVWR arelisted in thesameindex.
Orderinginformation so youcanbuythespecificPSP’syoumaywant.
Priceinformationforthe
PSP’syoumaywanttobuy.
How You Can Get an Index:
Indexes are publishedperiodically.Most of the PSP’swhich could potentially
will belisted in themostrecent
apply to themostrecentChevroletmodels
publication for that model year.Thismeans youmaywant to wait until the
if youareinterested in
end of the modelyearbeforeorderinganindex,
buying PSP’s pertaining to acurrentmodelyeartruck.
SomePSP’s pertaining to a particular model’ year vehicle maybe published in
in thelateryear’sindex.When
you
lateryears,andthesewouldbelisted
order an index for a model year that
is notoveryet,we’llsendyouthemost
recentlypublishedissue.Checktheorderingformforindexesforearliermodel
years.
fill it out,andmail it in. We Wil. thensee to it that
Cutouttheorderingform,
anindex is mailedtoyou.Thereisnochargeforindexesforthe1989-1993
modelyears.
Toll-Free Telephone Number
If youwantanadditionalorderingformforanindexorasubscription,just
call toll-free andwe’llbehappy
to sendyouone.Automatedrecording
equipment will take yournameandmailingaddress.Thenumber
to call is
1-800-551-4123.
8-7
Customer Assistance Information
Copies at Participating Dealers
CopiesofIndexesandindividualPSP’sareatyourparticipatingChevrolet
dealer. You canask to seethem.
A VERYIMPORTANTREMINDER:ThesePSP’s
are meant for technicians.
They are not meant for the “do-it-yourselfer.” Technicians have the equipment,
tools, safety instructions, and know-how to do ajobquicklyandsafely.
Chevrolet reserves the right
to changetheseprocedureswithoutnotice.
Service Publications
You cangettheseProductServicePublications
by usingtheorderformat
theend of thissection. You canalsogetServiceManualsandOwner
Publications.
0-8
INDEX
Section
A
A
Accessory Power Outlet ..............2-53
Air Cleaner .................................... 6-14
Air Conditioning...................3-6, 6-35
Fan Lever .....................................3-6
Function Lever ............................ 3-6
Refrigerant Capacity .................6-65
Temperature Lever ...................... 3-6
Antenna, Fixed Mast ...................3-26
AntilockBrakes (See “Brakes”)
Appearance Care .......................... 6-50
Materials .................................... 6-56
Arbitration Program........................ 8-3
Audio Systems ............................... 3-7
AM Radio.....................................3-9
AM-FMStereoAudioCompact
Disc (CD) System ...................3-20
AM-FMStereo
Audio System ........................ 3-11
AM-FMStereoAudioSystem
with Cassette Deck ............>.3-13
AM-FMStereoAudioSystem
withCassetteDeckand
Equalizer ................................. 3-16
Anti-Theft System .................... 3-23
Compact Disc Care ..................3-25
Automatic Transmission ...............2-16
Fluid............................................ 6-16
Axle
Front ........................................... 6-22
Rear............................................ 6-2 1
9-1
B
Battery ........................................... 6-31
Belts (See “Safety Belts”)
BetterBusinessBureau
-8-3
Mediation....................................
Blizzard .......................................... 4.53
Brakes
Adjustment ................................. 4-17
Antilock ...................................... 4-14
Fluid ........................................... 6-29
6-30
Leak Check ...............................
Master Cylinder ........................ 6-29
Parking....................................... 2-21
Pedal Travel .............................. 4-17
Rear Drum Brakes ................... 4-17
Replacing Parts ........................ 6-30
SystemWarningLight .2-66, 4-16
Trailer ......................................... 4-59
Wear Indicators ........................ 4-16
Braking .......................................... 4-12
In Emergencies ........................ 4-17
Break-In, New Vehicle ...................2-9
Bulb Replacement ....................... 6-31
Replacement Chart .................. 6-63
C
CapacitiesandSpecification
Charts ........................................
Carbon Monoxide ...2.26.2.27.
Cassette TapePlayer
(See “Audio Systems”)
6-61
4-53
INDEX
Catalytic Converter .................._.6-37
CertificationlTire Label .................6-38
Changing A Flat Tire ........ 5-16, 5-21
Chemical Paint Spotting ..............6-56
ChildRestraints
(See“Safety Belts”)
Cigarette LighterlAshtrays ...........2-54
CircuitBreakers(See“Fuses”)
Cleaning
Finish Care ................................ 6-54
Glass .......................................... 6-53
Inside of Vehicle ....................... 6-51
Instrument Panel, Top .............6-53
Outside of Vehicle .................... 6-54
Special Problems ......................6-52
Vinyl or Leather ................-......6-53
Wheels and Tires .....................6-55
Windshield ................................ 6-54
Clock ...3-10, 3-12, 3-14, 3-17, 3-21
Convenience Net ..........................2-57
Conversion to Chassis Cab ........6-43
Coolant(See“Engine”)
Cooling System Capacity ............ 6-62
Crankcase Capacity......................6-62
Cruise Control ................................2-41
Increase Speed ......................... 2-43
2-45
On Hills ......................................
Passing......................................2-45
Reduce Speed .........................-2-44
Resume ..................................... 2-43
Set .............................................. 2-42
To Get Out Of ..........................2-45
Customer Assistance for the
Hearing or Speech Impaired ....8-3
CustomerSatisfactionProcedure.8-2
Driver Position .............................1-14
Driving
Across an Incline ..................... 4-31
After Off-Road Driving ............4-34
At Night .....................................4-34
Backing Up ...............................4-60
Defensive..................................... 4-8
Downhill ..................................... 4-29
Freeway .....................................4-42
Highway Hypnosis ...................4-45
Hydroplaning ............................. 4-38
In Blizzard .................................4-53
In City ....................................... 4-41
In Fog, MistandHaze.4-39,4-40
In Sand, Mud, Ice,
Or Snow ..................... 4-32, 5-30
4-37
In Rain ......................................
In Water .................................... 4-33
Long Distance .......................... 4-44
Loss of Control ........................ 4-22
Night Vision .............................. 4-35
Off-Roading ...............................4-23
On Curves .................................4-18
On Grades ................................. 4-60
On HillandMountainRoads . 4-46
On Off-Road Hills ....................4-26
On Snow or Ice ....................... 4-51
Passing ............................4-20, 4-60
Skidding ..................................... 4-22
Stuck in Deep Snow .....4-54, 5-30
Through Water .............. 2-14, 4-33
Uphill .......................................... 4-27
Winter ........................................4-51
With a Trailer ............................4-59
Drunken Driving .............................4-9
D
E
DaytimeRunningLights
(Canada Only) ......2-48,2-49,2-71
Indicator Light .....2-48,2-49,2-71
2-50
DomeLights .................................
Doors ...............................................2-5
Locks ........................................... 2-6
ElectricalSystem
Add-on Equipment...................6-59
Engine
AddingCoolant ...............5-12, 6-25
AirCleaner ................................ 6-14
Block Heater .......... 2-15,3-7, 6-13
.
9-2
9-3
I
I
If You’re Stuck In Sand. Mud
Ice. or Snow ............................. 5-30
Ignition Switch................................ 2-9
Inflation-TirePressure .................6-44
Instrument Panel ............... 2-58, 2-62
Digital Cluster ................ 2-61, 2-62
Standard Cluster............2-59, 2-60
J
HydraulicClutchGrease
Fitting .....................................6-34
Hood Latches and Hinge ........6-36
Lock Cylinders.......................... 6-36
PropellerShaftSlip
SplineslUniversal Joints.......6-36
Rear Axle .................................. 6-21
Recommended Lubricants ...... 7-14
Transfer Case ............................ 6-21
M
Jack Storage ...................... 5-17, 5-27
Jump Starting................................. 5-3 Maintenance
Other Items...............................6-34
Periodic Inspections ................7-13
K
Record .......................................7-16
Key Release Lever .......................2-11
Scheduled
Maintenance ............ 7-3
Keys .................................................
2-3
Underbody ................................. 6-55
Master Cylinder (See“Brakes”)
L
Lights ...........................................
2-46 Mirrors ........................................... 2-50
Convex Outside ........................ 2-51
Brake System Warning ............4-16
inside .........................................
2-51
Bulb Replacement .................... 6-31
Outside ......................................2-51
Charging System Light ............2-70
Vanity .........................................
2-52
Check Gages Light ...................2-71
Dome Lights ............................. 2-50 Model Reference ...............................iii
Fog Lamps................................. 2-47
0
Front Parkingnurn Signal ........6-32
Indicator ........................ ..2-65, 2-70Odometer ............................ 2-62, 2-63
Off-Road Driving (See “Driving”)
Headlights (See “Headlights”)
Malfunction Indicator ....2-68, 6-37 Off-Road Recovery ...................... 4-19
Operation...................................
2-37 Oil .................................................... 6-9
Additives .................................... 6-13
Service Engine Soon ...............6-37
Disposal of Used ......................6-14
Rear............................................ 6-33
Pressure Gage ..........................2-69
Replacement Chart ...................6-63
LoadingInformation .4-23, 6-38, 6-41 To Check ..................................6-10
Loading Your Vehicle........4-23, 6-38 What Kind to Use....................6-11
When to Add ............................ 6-10
Lubrication....................................
6-35
When to Change...................... 6-13
Accelerator Control System ....6-35
Owner Checks and Services ...... 7-11
Body ...........................................
36
FrontAxle ........................ .....6-22
P
FrontSuspensionand
Parking
Steering Linkage...................6-34
On Hills ...........................4-48, 4-61
FrontWheelBearings
Over Things That Burn ........... 2-25
(Two-Wheel Drive) ................6-34
TorqueLock (Automatic
Tailgate Handle ......................... 6-36
Transmission) ..............2-22, 4-50
.-
YourVehicle (Manual
Transmission) ........................ 2-24
Parking Brake ............................... 2-21
Passing Other Vehicles .... 4.20. 4-60
Pavement Markings........................ 4-7
Payload Capacity .......................... 6-39
PeriodicMaintenance
Inspections................................ 7-13
Power
Door Locks ..................................2-7
Steering...................................... 4-1 7
Steering Fluid ............................6-27
Winches .................................... 4-62
Product Service Publications........8-6
R
Radiator Pressure Cap ................6-26
Radio (See “Audio Systems”)
RecommendedFluids
And Lubricants .......................... 7-14
Recovery Hooks ...........................5-31
6-61
Replacement Parts .......................
Reporting Safety Defects..............8-5
Road Signs .....................................4-2
Roadside Assistance ...................... 8-5
Rocking Your Vehicle...................5-30
S
Safety Belts
6-53
Cleaning .....................................
Checking Restraint System .....1-35
Child Restraints ........................ 1-26
Small Children and Babies ......1-24
Extender ....................................1-35
Lap.............................................1-22
Lap Shoulder ............................. 1-15
Larger Children ......................... 1-32
Proper Wear .............................. 1-14
Questions and Answers...........1-12
Reminder Light .........................1-13
Replacing After a Crash ..........1-35
Use During Pregnancy .............1-20
Why They Work .......................... 1-9
Safety Chains ............................... 4-59
Safety Warnings and Symbols .... 0-2
ScheduledMaintenance
Services .......................................7-3
Seats
Controls ....................................... 1-2
Easy Entry Seat ......................... 1-5
Jump ............................................ 1-6
Latches ........................................ 1-4
Manual Front .............................. 1-2
Manual Lumbar Adjustment ..... 1-4
Reclining ...................................... 1-3
Service
Do-It-Yourself .............................. 6-3
Parts Identification Label ........6-59
Publications.........................8-6, 8-8
ReplacementPartsand
Filter Recommendations......6-66
ServiceEngineSoonLight ........ 2-68
Service Station Checks ............... 7-17
Shift Indicator Light .................... 2-72
Shift Light ..................................... 2-20
Shifting Into Park ........................ 2-23
Sliding Rear Window ..................2-32
Spare Tire ..................................... 5-20
Removal..................................... 5-20
Storage ...................................... 5-27
Specification Charts .................... 6-61
Speedometer ................................2-62
Starting Your Engine ...................2-11
Steering......................................... 4-17
In Emergencies ........................4-18
Tips ............................................ 4-18
Storage Compartments...............2-55
Sun Visors .................................... 2-52
Swing-Out Windows .................... 2-32
T
Tachometer ................................... 2-65
Tailgate ..........................................2-33
2-8
Theft ................................................
Thermostat .................................... 6-26
2-34
Tilt Wheel .....................................
9-5
...
. .
i-’.
.-
... .
Trip Odometer ..............................2-64
Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ..2-35
TurnSignaVLaneChange
Indicator ................................. 2.73
Tires ............................................... 6.43
Balancing...................................6-48
Chains ........................................6-49
Changing a Flat .............5.16, 5-21
Compact Spare ......................... 5-28
Flat..............................................5-15
HubCapsand
Wheel Nut Caps ...................5-22
Inspection and Rotation ..........6-44
Loading...................................... 6-43
New ............................................ 6-46
Pressure .....................................6-44
Spare(See“SpareTire”)
Underbody Carrier .........5-1 9, 5-27
Uniform Tire Quality Grading .6-47
Towing
A Trailer...................................... 4-56
Following Distance ................... 4-60
Maintenance .............................. 4-62
Recreational Vehicle .................4-54
Towing Your Vehicle ...........4-54, 5-7
Traffic Lights ................................... 4-6
Trailer
Brakes ......................................... 4-59
Wiring Harness ..............2-75, 6-60
TraileringPackage ........................ 6-40
Transfer Case ................................. 6-21
Electronic ................................... 2-29
Manual ....................................... 2-28
Transmission
Automatic ..................................2-16
Five-Speed Manual...................2-19
Fluid ................................ 6-16, 6-19
Fluid, To Add .................6-18, 6-20
Four-wheel
(See “Four-wheel Drive”)
Manual Shift Speeds ............... 2-20
Shift Light ................................. 2-20
Torque Lock(Automatic
Transmission) ..............2-18, 4-50
V
Vehicle
DamageWarnings ..................... 0-3
Identification Number .............. 6-57
Loading ........................... 4.23. 6-38
Storage ...................................... 6-31
Symbols .......................................0-4
Ventilation System ......................... 3-3
Air Vents ...................................... 3-4
Tips .............................................. 3-3
Voltmeter ....................................... 2-75
W
Warning
Devices. Other ............................ 5-3
Lights.Gages.
And Indicators ...........2.65. 2-70
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance ... 6-48
Aluminum ..................................6-55
HubCapsand
Wheel Nut Caps ................... 5-22
Nut Torque ................................ 6-61
Replacement ............................. 6-48
Used Replacement ................... 6-49
Windows ........................................ 2-31
Sliding Rear .............................. 2-32
Swing-Out.................................. 2-32
Windshield Washer ...................... 2-40
Washer Fluid ............................ 6-28
Winter Driving .............................. 4-51
Wipers. Windshield 2.38.6.54.
6-60
Blade Chatter............................ 6-54
Blade Inserts ....... .................... 6-35
Cleaning Blades ........................ 6-54
Low Speed Delay ..................... 2-39
9-6
I
t '
.c , '
NOTES
,
NOTES
. i. .
Part No. C-9308
WE SUPPORT
VOLUNTARY TECHNICIAN
CERTIFICATION THROUGH
I
National lnstttute for
AUTOMOTIVE
SERVICE
EXCELLENCE
c
">